-
1 ralliement
ralliement [ʀalimɑ̃]masculine noun[de forces] rallying• signe/cri de ralliement rallying sign/cry* * *ʀalimɑ̃nom masculin rallying ( de quelqu'un à quelque chose of somebody to something)de ralliement — [cri, point, signe] rallying
* * *ʀalimɑ̃ nm1) (= rassemblement) rallying2) (= adhésion) (à une cause, une opinion) rallying* * *[ralimɑ̃] nom masculin1. [adhésion]lors de son ralliement à notre parti/notre cause when he came over to our party/causesigne/cri de ralliement rallying sign/cry -
2 Eintritt
m1. entry (in + Akk into) (auch fig.); theatralischer etc.: entrance (into); „Eintritt verboten!“ no admittance; beim Eintritt ins Zimmer / in die Erdatmosphäre on entering the room / the earth’s atmosphere2. (Beitritt) entry (in + Akk into); Eintritt in eine Firma / Partei joining a company / party; nach seinem Eintritt in die Partei etc. after he had joined the party etc.3. (Anfang) beginning, start; von Wetter, Winter, MED. etc.: onset; bei / nach Eintritt der Dunkelheit when darkness falls / after dark4. eines Umstandes etc.: occurrence; bei Eintritt des Todes when death occurs; bei Eintritt eines solchen Falles if a case like this occurs, in a case such as this5. (Einlass) admission; Eintritt frei admission free; was verlangen sie für den Eintritt? what do they charge for admission?* * *der Eintritt(Eingang) entrance; entry;(Eintrittsgeld) admission;(Verein) joining* * *Ein|trittm1) (= das Eintreten) entry (in +acc (in)to); (ins Zimmer etc) entry, entrance; (in Verein, Partei etc) joining ( in +acc of)beim Éíntritt ins Zimmer — when or on entering the room
"Eintritt im Sekretariat" — "entrance through the office"
seine Beziehungen erleichterten ihm den Éíntritt ins Geschäftsleben — his connections made it easier for him to get into the business world
der Éíntritt in den Staatsdienst — entry (in)to the civil service
die Schule soll auf den Éíntritt ins Leben vorbereiten — school should prepare you for going out into life
der Éíntritt in die EU — entry to the EU
seit seinem Éíntritt in die Armee — since joining the army, since joining up
2) (= Eintrittsgeld) admission (in +acc to); (= Einlass) admission, admittance ( in +acc to)was kostet der Éíntritt? — how much or what is the admission?
Éíntritt frei! — admission free
Éíntritt EUR 10 — admission EUR 10
"Eintritt verboten" — " no admittance"
gewähren (form) — to allow or permit sb to enter sth, to grant sb admission to sth (form)
3) (von Winter, Dunkelheit) onsetbei Éíntritt eines solchen Falles — in such an event
der Éíntritt des Todes — the moment when death occurs
bei Éíntritt der Dunkelheit — at nightfall, as darkness fell/falls
* * *der1) admission2) ((an) act of coming in or going in: They were silenced by the entry of the headmaster.) entry* * *Ein·trittm\Eintritt verboten no admission2. (Beitritt) accessionwann hat er sich denn zum \Eintritt in die Partei entschlossen? so when did he decide to join the party?3. (Eintrittsgeld) entrance fee, admission\Eintritt frei admission free4. (Einlass)5. (Beginn) onsetbei/vor \Eintritt der Dunkelheit when/before darkness falls [or nightfall]nach \Eintritt der Dunkelheit after dark, after darkness has fallen\Eintritt einer Bedingung fulfilment of a condition* * *1) entry; entrancesich (Dat.) [in etwas (Akk.)] Eintritt verschaffen — gain entry [to something]
vor dem Eintritt in die Verhandlungen — (fig.) before entering into negotiations
2) (Beitritt)der Eintritt in einen Verein/Orden — joining a club/entering a religious order
3) (Zugang, Eintrittsgeld) admission[der] Eintritt [ist] frei — admission [is] free
4) (Beginn) onset5) (eines Ereignisses) occurrence* * *Eintritt m1. entry („Eintritt verboten!“ no admittance;beim Eintritt ins Zimmer/in die Erdatmosphäre on entering the room/the earth’s atmosphere2. (Beitritt) entry (in +akk into);Eintritt in eine Firma/Partei joining a company/party;bei/nach Eintritt der Dunkelheit when darkness falls/after dark4. eines Umstandes etc: occurrence;bei Eintritt des Todes when death occurs;bei Eintritt eines solchen Falles if a case like this occurs, in a case such as this5. (Einlass) admission;Eintritt frei admission free;was verlangen sie für den Eintritt? what do they charge for admission?* * *1) entry; entrancesich (Dat.) [in etwas (Akk.)] Eintritt verschaffen — gain entry [to something]
vor dem Eintritt in die Verhandlungen — (fig.) before entering into negotiations
2) (Beitritt)der Eintritt in einen Verein/Orden — joining a club/entering a religious order
3) (Zugang, Eintrittsgeld) admission[der] Eintritt [ist] frei — admission [is] free
4) (Beginn) onset5) (eines Ereignisses) occurrence* * *-e m.admission n.admittance n.entrance n.entry n.ingress n. -
3 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
4 pasar
v.1 to pass.¿me pasas la sal? would you pass me the salt?Pasaron dos horas Two hours went by.Yo paso a María I pass Mary (I overtake Mary)Un carro pasa A car goes byMe pasó una cuchara He=she passed me a spoon (She passed a spoon to me)Por fin pasé! I passed at last!2 to cross.pasar la calle to cross the roadpasé el río a nado I swam across the river3 to go through.pasar un semáforo en rojo to go through a red light4 to pass, to go.pasó por mi lado he passed by my sideel autobús pasa por mi casa the bus goes past o passes in front of my houseel Manzanares pasa por Madrid the Manzanares goes o passes through Madridhe pasado por tu calle I went down your streetpasar de… a… to go o pass from… to…pasar de largo to go by5 to go/come in.pasen por aquí, por favor come this way, please¡pase! come in!6 to go.por ahí no pasa it won't go through there7 to go by.pasaron tres meses three months went by8 to go through, to experience.pasar frío/miedo to be cold/scaredpasarlo bien to enjoy oneself, to have a good timepasarlo mal to have a hard time of itPasé un gran susto I experienced a great scare.9 to show in (llevar adentro).el criado nos pasó al salón the butler showed us into the living room10 to show (Cine).11 to spend (time).pasó dos años en Roma he spent two years in Rome¿dónde vas a pasar las vacaciones? where are you going on holiday?, where are you going to spend your holidays?Yo paso las horas cantando I pass the hours away singing (spend the time...)12 to pop in (ir un momento).pasaré por mi oficina/por tu casa I'll pop into my office/round to your place13 to happen.¿qué pasa aquí? what's going on here?¿qué pasa? what's the matter?¿qué le pasa? what's wrong with him?, what's the matter with him?pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what mayAlgo pasó Something happened=came to pass.14 to be over.ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over nowpasó la Navidad Christmas is overPasé muy feliz en la fiesta I was very happy at the party.15 to be all right, to be usable.puede pasar it'll do16 to go away.Pasó el mal tiempo the bad weather went away.17 to come in, to step in.El policía pasó The policeman came in.18 to happen to, to occur to.Me pasó algo cómico Something funny happened to me..19 to keep on, to keep, to carry on.Ella pasa bailando todo el tiempo She keeps on dancing all the time.20 to skip, to pass.Pase ese capítulo Skip that chapter,.21 to blow over, to blow itself out, to calm down.La tormenta pasó The storm blew over.* * *1 (ir) to pass, pass by, go2 (tiempo) to pass, go by■ ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!3 (entrar) to come in, go in■ pasa, está abierto come in, it's not locked4 (cesar) to pass, cease■ si no se te pasa el dolor, llámame if the pain doesn't go away, call me■ tranquila, que ya ha pasado todo don't worry, it's all over now5 (límite) to exceed (de, -)6 (ocurrir) to happen7 (sufrir) to suffer1 (trasladar) to move, transfer2 (comunicar, dar) to give3 (cruzar) to cross4 (alcanzar) to pass, reach■ pásame la sal, por favor pass me the salt, please5 (aventajar) to surpass, be better than6 (adelantar) to overtake7 (deslizar) to run■ la etiqueta se pasa por aquí y el precio sale en la pantalla you run the tag through here and the price comes up on the screen8 (tolerar) to overlook■ esta vez te la paso, pero que no se repita I'll overlook it this time, but don't let it happen again9 (aprobar) to pass10 (proyectar) to show11 (tiempo - estar) to spend; (- disfrutar, padecer) to have1 (desertar) to pass over (a, to)2 (pudrirse) to go off3 (olvidarse) to forget\pasar de algo familiar not to be bothered about something■ pasa de todo he couldn't care less about anything, he doesn't give a damn about anythingpasar de largo to go pastpasar la página to turn the pagepasar por to pass forpasar por alto to ignorepasar por encima de alguien to go over somebody's headpasarlo bien to have a good time¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's wrong?pasar sin to do withoutpasarse de la raya to go too far, overstep the mark* * *verb1) to happen2) pass3) come in, enter4) surpass5) cross6) give7) undergo, suffer8) omit•- pasar por alto
- pasarlo bien
- pasarlo mal
- pasarse* * *Para las expresiones pasar lista, pasar de moda, pasar desapercibido, pasarse de rosca etc, ver la otra entrada1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=ocurrir)a) [suceso] to happen¿qué pasó? — what happened?
¿pasa algo? — is anything up?, is anything wrong?, is anything the matter?
siempre pasa igual {o} lo mismo — it's always the same
¿qué pasa? — what's happening?, what's going on?, what's up?; [como saludo] how's things? *
¿qué pasa que no entra? — why doesn't she come in?
¿qué pasa contigo? — what's up with you?; [como saludo] * how's it going? *
¿qué ha pasado con ella? — what's become of her?
•
[lo que] pasa es que... — well, you see..., the thing is that...pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may
b)pasarle a algn: nunca me pasa nada — nothing ever happens to me
siempre me pasa lo mismo, lo pierdo todo — it's always the same, I keep losing things
tuvo un accidente, pero por suerte no le pasó nada — he had an accident, but fortunately he wasn't hurt
esto te pasa por no hacerme caso — this is what comes of not listening to me, this wouldn't have happened (to you) if you'd listened to me
¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter?
¿qué le pasa a ese? — what's the matter with him?
2) (=cambiar de lugar)a) [objeto]la cuerda pasa de un lado a otro de la calle — the rope goes from one side of the street to the other
•
la foto fue pasando de mano en [mano] — the photo was passed aroundb) [persona] to go3) (=entrar)¡pase! — come in!; [cediendo el paso] after you!
no se puede pasar — you can't go through, you can't go in
•
[hacer] pasar a algn — to show sb in4) (=transitar)¿a qué hora pasa el cartero? — what time does the postman come?
ya ha pasado el tren de las cinco — (=sin hacer parada) the five o'clock train has already gone by; (=haciendo parada) the five o'clock train has already been and gone
¿ha pasado ya el camión de la basura? — have the dustmen been?
•
pasar [de largo] — to go {o} pass by•
pasar [por], el autobús pasa por delante de nuestra casa — the bus goes past our house5) (=acercarse a)•
tengo que pasar [por] el banco — I've got to go to the bankpasar a ({+ infin})pasaré por la tienda mañana — I'll go {o} pop into the shop tomorrow
6) (=cambiar de situación) to go•
pasar a [ser] — to becomeen muy poco tiempo ha pasado a ser un gran profesional — he has become a real professional in a very short space of time
7) (=transcurrir) [tiempo] to pass, go byhan pasado cuatro años — four years have passed {o} gone by
el tiempo pasa deprisa — time passes {o} goes so quickly
¡cómo pasa el tiempo! — how time flies!
8) (=acabar) [problema, situación] to be over; [efectos] to wear off9) (=aceptarse)puede pasar — it's passable, it's OK
que me llames carroza, pase, pero fascista, no — you can call me an old fuddy-duddy if you like, but not a fascist
10) pasar pora) (=atravesar, caber) to go throughel río pasa por la ciudad — the river flows {o} goes through the city
b) (=depender de) to depend onel futuro de la empresa pasa por este acuerdo — the company's future depends on {o} hangs on this agreement
c) (=ser considerado) to pass as•
[hacerse] pasar por — to pass o.s. off as11) [otras formas preposicionales]pasar a ({+ infin}) (=empezar) pasar de (=exceder)no pasan de 60 los que lo tienen — those who have it do not number more than 60, fewer than 60 people have it
•
yo de [ahí] no paso — that's as far as I'm prepared to go•
de [ésta] no pasa — this is the very last timepasar sin•
de [hoy] no pasa que le escriba — I'll write to him this very daytendrá que pasar sin coche — he'll have to get by {o} manage without a car
12) (Naipes) to pass13) esp Esp* (=mostrarse indiferente)•
pasar [de] algo/algn, yo paso de política — I'm not into politicspasa olímpicamente de todo lo que le dicen — he doesn't take the blindest bit of notice of anything they say to him
paso de ti, chaval — I couldn't care less about you, pal
2. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) (=dar, entregar) [gen] to pass; [en una serie] to pass on¿me pasas la sal, por favor? — could you pass (me) the salt, please?
le pasó el sobre — he handed {o} passed her the envelope
2) (=traspasar) [+ río, frontera] to cross; [+ límite] to go beyond3) (=llevar)4) (=hacer atravesar)5) (=colar) to strain6) (=introducir) [+ moneda falsa] to pass (off); [+ contrabando] to smugglehan pasado un alijo de cocaína por la frontera — a consignment of cocaine has been smuggled across the border
7) (=hacer deslizar)pasar la aspiradora por la alfombra — to vacuum the carpet, run the vacuum cleaner over the carpet
8) (=deslizar) to sliple pasó el brazo por los hombros/la cintura — she slipped {o} put her arm around his shoulders/waist
9) (=contagiar) to give10) (=volver) [+ página] to turn11) (=escribir)•
pasar algo a [limpio] — to make a neat {o} fair {o} clean copy of sth•
pasar algo a [máquina] — to type sth up12) (=tragar) (lit) to swallow; (fig) to bear, standno puedo pasar esta pastilla — I can't swallow this pill, I can't get this pill down
no puedo pasar a ese hombre — I can't bear {o} stand that man
13) (=tolerar)14) (=aprobar) [+ examen] to pass15) (=proyectar) [+ película, programa] to show, screen16) (=poner en contacto)te paso con Pedro — [al mismo teléfono] I'll put you on to Pedro; [a distinto teléfono] I'll put you through to Pedro
17) (=realizar)revista 3)•
pasa [consulta] {o} [visita] a unas 700 personas diarias — he sees 700 patients a day18) (=superar)19) (Aut) to pass, overtake20) (=omitir)•
pasar algo por [alto] — to overlook sth21) [+ tiempo] to spendpasarlo ({+ adv})¡que lo pases bien! — have a good time!, enjoy yourself!
22) (=dejar atrás)hemos pasado el aniversario — the anniversary has passed, the anniversary is behind us
ya hemos pasado lo peor — we're over the worst now, the worst is behind us now
23) (=sufrir)24) Cono Sur * (=engañar) to cheat, swindle3.See:PASAR En expresiones temporales ► Se traduce por spend cuando pasar tiene un uso transitivo y queremos indicar un período de tiempo concreto, seguido de la actividad que en ese tiempo se desarrolla, o del lugar: Me pasé la tarde escribiendo cartas I spent the evening writing letters Ha pasado toda su vida en el campo He has spent his whole life in the country ► En cambio, cuando se describe la forma en que se pasa el tiempo mediante un adjetivo, se debe emplear en inglés la construcción have + (a) + ((adjetivo)) + ((sustantivo)): Pasamos una tarde entretenida We had a lovely afternoon Pasamos un rato estupendo jugando al squash We had a fantastic time playing squash la expresión pasar el rato se traduce por pass the time: No sé qué hacer para pasar el rato I don't know what to do to pass the time ► Cuando el uso es intransitivo, pasar se traduce por pass {o} go by. A medida que pasaba el tiempo se deprimía cada vez más As time passed o went by, he became more and more depressed Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada* * *1.verbo intransitivo1)a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go pastno ha pasado ni un taxi — not one taxi has come/gone past
¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? — what time does the milkman come?
pasar de largo — to go right o straight past
es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami — it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami
¿este autobús pasa por el museo? — does this bus go past the museum?
¿el 45 pasa por aquí? — does the number 45 come this way?
pasaba por aquí y... — I was just passing by o I was in the area and...
ni me pasó por la imaginación — it didn't even occur to me, it didn't even cross my mind
b) ( deteniéndose en un lugar)pasar POR algo: ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?; pase usted por caja please go over to the cashier; pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?; pasar A + INF: puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow; pasaremos a verlos — we'll call in o drop in and see them
c) ( atravesar) to crosspasar de un lado a otro — to go o cross from one side to the other
d) (caber, entrar)2)a) (transmitirse, transferirse) corona/título to passuna tradición que pasa de padres a hijos — a tradition that is handed o passed down from generation to generation
b) ( comunicar)te paso con Javier — ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
3) ( entrar - acercándose al hablante) to come in; (- alejándose del hablante) to go inpase, por favor — please, do come in
que pase el siguiente! — next, please!
no pasarán! — (fr hecha) they shall not pass!
¿puedo pasar al baño? — may I use the bathroom please?
¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? — (AmL) who's going to come up to the blackboard?
4)a) (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema)pasó del quinto al séptimo lugar — she went o dropped from fifth to seventh place
ahora pasa a tercera — (Auto) now change into third
pasando a otra cosa... — anyway, to change the subject...
pasamos a informar de otras noticias — now, the rest of the news
b) (Educ) to pass¿pasaste? — did you pass?
pasar de curso — to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams
c) ( ser aceptable)no está perfecto, pero puede pasar — it's not perfect, but it'll do
por esta vez (que) pase — I'll let it pass o go this time
5) ( exceder un límite)pasar DE algo: no pases de 100 don't go over 100; no pasó de un desacuerdo it was nothing more than a disagreement; está muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another day; no pasa de los 30 he's not more than 30; no pasamos de nueve empleados — they're only nine of us working there/here
6) pasar pora) ( ser tenido por)pasa por tonto, pero no lo es — he might look stupid, but he isn't
b) (Esp) ( implicar)7) ( transcurrir) tiempo to passpasaron muchos años — many years went by o passed
pasaban las horas y no llegaba — the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come
9) ( arreglárselas) to manage, get bysin electricidad podemos pasar — we can manage o get by without electricity
10) ( suceder) to happenlo que pasa es que... — the thing o the problem is...
pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may
¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? — what happened about the watch?
...y aquí no ha pasado nada —...and let's just forget the whole thing
siempre pasa igual or lo mismo — it's always the same
¿pasa algo? — is something the matter?
¿qué pasa? — what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq)
hola, Carlos! ¿qué pasa? — (fam) hi, Carlos! how's things o how's it going? (colloq)
son cosas que pasan — these things happen; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter with you?
¿qué te pasó en el ojo? — what happened to your eye?
¿qué le pasa a la tele? — what's wrong with the TV?
por suerte a él no le pasó nada — fortunately, nothing happened to him
11) ( experimentar)pasar POR algo — por crisis/mala racha to go through something
12)a) (en naipes, juegos) to passb) (fam) ( rechazando algo)¿vas a tomar postre? - no, yo paso — are you going to have a dessert? - no, I think I'll give it a miss
paso de salir, estoy muy cansada — I don't feel like going out, I'm very tired (colloq)
c) (fam) ( expresando indiferencia)que se las arreglen, yo paso — they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem
2.paso de él — (esp Esp) I don't give a damn o I couldn't care less what he does (colloq)
pasar vt1)a) ( hacer atravesar)b) ( por la aduana -legalmente) to take through; (- ilegalmente) to smugglec) ( hacer deslizar)a esto hay que pasarle una plancha — this needs a quick iron o run over with the iron
2) (exhibir, mostrar) <película/anuncio> to show3)a) (cruzar, atravesar) < frontera> to cross; <pueblo/ciudad> to go throughb) ( dejar atrás) <edificio/calle> to go pastc) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtakepasar A algo — to overtake something, to get past something
está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre — he's really tall, he's already overtaken his father
4) <examen/prueba> to pass5) <página/hoja> to turn6) (fam) ( tolerar)a ese tipo no lo paso — I can't stand o take that guy (colloq)
no podía pasar aquella sopa — I couldn't stomach o eat that soup
pasar por alto — <falta/error> to overlook, forget about; tema/punto to leave out, omit
7) ( transcribir)tendré que pasar la carta — I'll have to write o copy the letter out again
¿me pasas esto a máquina? — could you type this for me?
8) (entregar, hacer llegar)¿me pasas el martillo? — can you pass me the hammer?
9) <gripe/resfriado> to giveme lo pasó a mí — he gave it to me, he passed it on to me
10)a) < tiempo> to spendb) ( con idea de continuidad)11)a) (sufrir, padecer) penalidades/desgracias to go through, to sufferestá pasando una mala racha — he's going through bad times o (BrE) a bad patch
pasé mucho miedo/frío — I was very frightened/cold
b)pasarlo or pasarla bien — to have a good time
3.¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? — did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?
1) pasarse v pron2) ( cambiarse)3)a) ( ir demasiado lejos)nos pasamos, el banco está más arriba — we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as this
b) (fam) ( excederse) to go too farse pasó con la sal — he overdid the salt (colloq)
se pasó de listo — he tried to be too clever (colloq)
c) (CS fam) ( lucirse)4)a) peras/tomates to go bad, get overripe; carne/pescado to go off, go bad; leche to go off, go sourb) (recocerse): arroz/pasta to get overcooked5)a) ( desaparecer) efecto to wear off; dolor to go away; (+ me/te/le etc)ya se me pasó el dolor — the pain's gone o eased now
espera a que se le pase el enojo — wait until he's calmed o cooled down
b) ( transcurrir)el año se ha pasado muy rápido — this year has gone very quickly; (+ me/te/le etc)
6) (+ me/te/le etc)a) ( olvidarse)b) ( dejar de notar)c) ( dejar escapar)7) (enf) ( estar)se pasó el domingo durmiendo — he spent the whole of Sunday evening sleeping; ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1b y 2b
8) (enf) (fam) (ir)¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? — could you go down to the market?
9) (refl)* * *= hand (over), pass, pass by, pass on, transfer, transmit, turn over + page, hand on, spend, transpire, pass out, turn over, slide over, pass along, get through, can't/couldn't be bothered, go + past, pass down, roll on, pass out, blow over, make + the cut, wear off, hand down.Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.Ex. Examination reveals positions on the cards where the light passes through all the cards in a stack.Ex. The days of needing to change into carpet slippers before going to such an area have thankfully passed by.Ex. If ignored, the problems are only passed on to all the users of the catalog: the public, the reference department, the acquisitions department, and naturally the cataloging department.Ex. Scope notes, on the order hand, may be present in a thesaurus but are unlikely to be transferred to an index.Ex. The system permits the requester to specify up to five potential lending libraries, and the system transmits the requests to these libraries one at a time.Ex. Turn over the page and you will find suggested analyses against which you can check your solution.Ex. Some experts have expressed grave doubts about the durability of contemporary literary and artistic works on paper and hence the possibility of handing on works of culture to future generations.Ex. Any funeral scene in a story inevitably conjures in myself memories of my childhood spent as the son of an undertaker.Ex. The 2nd is the fact that most information seeking transpires with little help from librarians, who have consistently failed to establish themselves as primary information professionals.Ex. At the Closing Session Danish flags were suddenly produced and passed out among the crowd who began waving them enthusiastically.Ex. Then he picked up about 2 cm. of type from the right-hand end of the uppermost line (i.e. the last word or two of the last line) with the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, read it, and dropped the pieces of type one by one into their proper boxes, turning over the old house.Ex. He had greeted her courteously, as was his wont, and had inquired if she minded his smoking; she told him to go ahead and slid over an ashtray.Ex. If the head of reference services does not pass along the information to the staff the reference librarians, by being uninformed, will undoubtedly not make as good an impression on the important city managers.Ex. I think that the so-called average person often exhibits a great deal of heroism in getting through an ordinary day.Ex. Consider for example, a teacher who doesn't change his password (ever!) or can't be bothered to log out, all the firewalls and antivirus programs in the world will not protect a school's network.Ex. Unfortunately, its conclusions are completely pedestrian, rarely going past the fact that there were old people in England in the late Middle Ages.Ex. The knowledge that has been passed down from generation to generation by sentient beings on this planet for aeons and aeons is quite impossible to fully comprehend.Ex. But to make matters worse, and as the drought rolls on, it is very likely that it won't rain again until October or November.Ex. Put a set of premises into such a device and turn the crank, and it will readily pass out conclusion after conclusion.Ex. During the bulk of that time, your liberal leaders grandly sat, waiting for various things to blow over.Ex. Naturally, the recruiters whose people were not chosen for the job wanted feedback as to why their candidates did not make the cut.Ex. We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.Ex. A hunting guide while still in his teens, he learned his woodcraft first hand, absorbing lore handed down to him from his father.----* a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.* a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).* a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.* a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.* a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.* ayudar a pasar por = get + Nombre + through.* cada día que pasa = each passing day.* conforme + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.* conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.* dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.* dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.* dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.* dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.* desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....* día que pasa = passing day.* esa época ya pasó hace tiempo = that time is long past.* haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.* hacer que Alguien las pase canutas = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.* hacérselas pasar canutas a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.* hacérselas pasarlas canutas a Alguien = push + Nombre + to the edge.* hacérselas pasar negras a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.* hacerse pasar por = masquerade as, impersonate.* las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).* las cosas no pasan así porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.* lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.* no dejar pasar = keep out.* no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.* no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.* pasando a = moving on to.* pasar a = go on to, move on to, proceed to, shunt into, switch over, switch to, step onto, spill over into.* pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.* pasar a Alguien lo que a = suffer + the fate of.* pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.* pasar a la clandestinidad = go into + hiding.* pasar a la era de = move into + the age of.* pasar a la historia = history in the making, go down in + history.* pasar a la historia como = go down as, go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.* pasar a la página + Número = turn to + page + Número.* pasar a la posteridad = go down to + posterity.* pasar a la posteridad como = go down to + posterity as.* pasar Algo a Alguien = turn + Algo + over to + Alguien.* pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.* pasar algún tiempo en = have + a turn at.* pasar al olvido = blow over.* pasar a los anales de la historia = go down in + history.* pasar a los anales de la historia como = go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.* pasar al primer plano = take + centre stage.* pasar al siguiente año fiscal = roll over.* pasar al siguiente nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.* pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.* pasar año(s) antes de que = be year(s) before.* pasar a ocupar el puesto de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.* pasar aprietos = feel + the pinch.* pasar apuros = struggle, pass through + adversity, have + a thin time, be under strain, bear + hardship, be hard pressed, feel + the pinch, have + a hard time, the wolves + be + at the door, have + a tough time.* pasar apuros económicos = lead + a precarious existence.* pasar a ser = become, develop into.* pasar a ser el centro de atención = come into + focus, take + centre stage.* pasar a ser inconcebible = render + inconceivable.* pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.* pasar a una situación económica más confortable = improve + Posesivo + lot.* pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.* pasar casi rozando = skim.* pasar como una bala = whiz.* pasar de = get beyond.* pasar de... a... = proceed from... to..., move from... to....* pasar de... a = switch from... to..., go from... to..., swing between... and..., grow from... into/to.* pasar de contrabando = smuggle.* pasar de generación en generación = pass down from + generation to generation.* pasar de largo = bypass [by-pass].* pasar de largo rápidamente = race + past.* pasar de moda = drop out of + vogue, go out of + fashion, go out of + favour, go out of + date, go out of + vogue, fall out of + vogue, go out of + style, pass away, obsolesce, drop out of + circulation.* pasar desapercibido = be unnoticeable, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, be an invisible fly on the wall, go + unnoted, lie + forgotten, sneak under + the radar.* pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.* pasar de uno a otro = change back and forth.* pasar de un sitio a otro = travel.* pasar dificultades = struggle, be under strain, bear + hardship, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.* pasar el invierno = winter, overwinter.* pasar el mochuelo = pass + the bucket.* pasar el muerto = pass + the bucket.* pasar el platillo = pass + the bucket (around).* pasar el rato = hang out.* pasar el rato con = kick + it with.* pasar el rato con los amigos = hang out with + Posesivo + friends.* pasar el relevo a = hand + the reins over to.* pasar el testigo = pass (on) + the torch, pass (on) + the baton.* pasar el tiempo = pass + the time, hang around, spend + Posesivo + days, hang about, hang out.* pasar el tiempo libre = spend + Posesivo + leisure, spend + Posesivo + leisure time.* pasar + Expresión Temporal = elapse + Expresión Temporal, go by + Expresión Temporal.* pasar hambre = suffer from + hunger, go + hungry, starve.* pasar hojas = page (through), turn + pages, flip + pages.* pasar hojas hacia atrás = page + backward.* pasar hojas hacia delante = page + forward.* pasar inadvertidamente = slip, creep + past, sneak + past.* pasar inadvertido = be unnoticeable, escape + notice, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, go + unnoted, sneak under + the radar.* pasar la antorcha = hand over + the torch.* pasar la luna de miel = honeymoon.* pasar la noche = spend + the night, stay overnight.* pasar la página = turn over + page.* pasar la pantalla = scroll.* pasar la pelota = pass + the buck.* pasar la prueba = pass + muster.* pasarlas canutas = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time, be to hell and back.* pasarlas negras = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time.* pasarlas putas = jump through + hoops, be to hell and back.* pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.* pasar las vacaciones = vacation.* pasar llevando = take through.* pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.* pasarlo bien = have + fun, be a great time.* pasarlo bomba = be a great time, have + a whale of a time.* pasarlo canutas intentando Hacer Algo = have + a heck of a time + trying.* pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.* pasarlo genial = have + a whale of a time.* pasarlo mal = have + a thin time, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.* pasarlo muy mal = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.* pasarlo pipa = have + a whale of a time.* pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.* pasar miseria = the wolves + be + at the door.* pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.* pasar + Nombre + a = turn + Nombre + over to.* pasar penurias = suffer from + deprivation.* pasar poco a poco = slide into.* pasar por = cross, pass through, reach down, step through, go by, go through, pass for, pass across, run + Nombre + through + Nombre, make + Posesivo + way through, run through.* pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], gloss over, miss, obviate, overlook, short-circuit [shortcircuit], skip over, leapfrog, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by, flout, close + the door on, skip.* pasar por alto la autoridad de Alguien = go over + Posesivo + head.* pasar por alto rápidamente = race + past.* pasar por aquí = come by.* pasar por delante de = make + Posesivo + way past.* pasar por el acoso de = run + the gauntlet of.* pasar por el infierno = be to hell and back.* pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.* pasar por encima = pass over.* pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.* pasar por la mitad de = cut through.* pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.* pasar por un período de = go through + a period of.* pasar por un proceso de = go through + a process of.* pasar privaciones = suffer from + deprivation.* pasar rápidamente = run through, sweep by, sweep, flash across.* pasar rápidamente a = snap to.* pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.* pasar registros a disco = transfer + records + to disc.* pasar revista = review.* pasarse = come by, drop in, overshoot, step over + the edge, go + overboard, go + too far.* pasarse Algo por el culo = not give a shit.* pasarse Algo por el forro = flout.* pasarse Algo por la entrepierna = not give a shit.* pasarse con = act + fresh with.* pasar sed = go + thirsty.* pasarse de = overstep.* pasarse de + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.* pasarse de la raya = cross + the line.* pasarse del límite = overrun [over-run].* pasárselo bien = have + a good time, have + a great time.* pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.* pasárselo fabuloso = have + a good time, have + a great time, have + a whale of a time.* pasárselo la mar de bien = have + a whale of a time, have + a great time.* pasárselo pipa = have + a great time.* pasarse por = drop by, stop by, mosey.* pasar sin = get along without, forego [forgo], do without, live without.* pasar sin Alguien = spare + Nombre Personal.* pasar sin comodidades = rough it.* pasar sin ser visto = sneak + past, sneak through, sneak under + the radar, go + unnoticed.* pasar + Tiempo = spend + time, spend + Tiempo.* pasar tiempo haciendo Algo = do + stint at.* pasar una crisis = face + crisis.* pasar una prueba = endure + ordeal, pass + a test, stand up.* pasar una prueba de sobra = pass with + flying colours.* pasar una tarjeta por un lector electrónico = swipe.* pasar un buen rato = disport + Reflexivo.* pasar un cuestionario = administer + questionnaire, carry out + questionnaire.* pasar un rato = say + hi.* pasar zumbando = whiz.* pase lo que pase = come what may, come rain or shine, rain or shine, come hell or high water.* por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.* ¿Qué pasa? = What's up?.* que pasaba = passing.* que pasa desapercibido = inconspicuous.* ¿qué pasa si... ? = what if... ?.* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.* quien no malgasta no pasa necesidades = waste not, want not.* sin haber pasado por la calandria = uncalendered.* ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.* tiempo + pasar = time + march on.* todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.* tratar de pasar desapercibido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.* tratar de pasar inadvertido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.* * *1.verbo intransitivo1)a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go pastno ha pasado ni un taxi — not one taxi has come/gone past
¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? — what time does the milkman come?
pasar de largo — to go right o straight past
es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami — it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami
¿este autobús pasa por el museo? — does this bus go past the museum?
¿el 45 pasa por aquí? — does the number 45 come this way?
pasaba por aquí y... — I was just passing by o I was in the area and...
ni me pasó por la imaginación — it didn't even occur to me, it didn't even cross my mind
b) ( deteniéndose en un lugar)pasar POR algo: ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?; pase usted por caja please go over to the cashier; pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?; pasar A + INF: puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow; pasaremos a verlos — we'll call in o drop in and see them
c) ( atravesar) to crosspasar de un lado a otro — to go o cross from one side to the other
d) (caber, entrar)2)a) (transmitirse, transferirse) corona/título to passuna tradición que pasa de padres a hijos — a tradition that is handed o passed down from generation to generation
b) ( comunicar)te paso con Javier — ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
3) ( entrar - acercándose al hablante) to come in; (- alejándose del hablante) to go inpase, por favor — please, do come in
que pase el siguiente! — next, please!
no pasarán! — (fr hecha) they shall not pass!
¿puedo pasar al baño? — may I use the bathroom please?
¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? — (AmL) who's going to come up to the blackboard?
4)a) (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema)pasó del quinto al séptimo lugar — she went o dropped from fifth to seventh place
ahora pasa a tercera — (Auto) now change into third
pasando a otra cosa... — anyway, to change the subject...
pasamos a informar de otras noticias — now, the rest of the news
b) (Educ) to pass¿pasaste? — did you pass?
pasar de curso — to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams
c) ( ser aceptable)no está perfecto, pero puede pasar — it's not perfect, but it'll do
por esta vez (que) pase — I'll let it pass o go this time
5) ( exceder un límite)pasar DE algo: no pases de 100 don't go over 100; no pasó de un desacuerdo it was nothing more than a disagreement; está muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another day; no pasa de los 30 he's not more than 30; no pasamos de nueve empleados — they're only nine of us working there/here
6) pasar pora) ( ser tenido por)pasa por tonto, pero no lo es — he might look stupid, but he isn't
b) (Esp) ( implicar)7) ( transcurrir) tiempo to passpasaron muchos años — many years went by o passed
pasaban las horas y no llegaba — the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come
9) ( arreglárselas) to manage, get bysin electricidad podemos pasar — we can manage o get by without electricity
10) ( suceder) to happenlo que pasa es que... — the thing o the problem is...
pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may
¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? — what happened about the watch?
...y aquí no ha pasado nada —...and let's just forget the whole thing
siempre pasa igual or lo mismo — it's always the same
¿pasa algo? — is something the matter?
¿qué pasa? — what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq)
hola, Carlos! ¿qué pasa? — (fam) hi, Carlos! how's things o how's it going? (colloq)
son cosas que pasan — these things happen; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter with you?
¿qué te pasó en el ojo? — what happened to your eye?
¿qué le pasa a la tele? — what's wrong with the TV?
por suerte a él no le pasó nada — fortunately, nothing happened to him
11) ( experimentar)pasar POR algo — por crisis/mala racha to go through something
12)a) (en naipes, juegos) to passb) (fam) ( rechazando algo)¿vas a tomar postre? - no, yo paso — are you going to have a dessert? - no, I think I'll give it a miss
paso de salir, estoy muy cansada — I don't feel like going out, I'm very tired (colloq)
c) (fam) ( expresando indiferencia)que se las arreglen, yo paso — they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem
2.paso de él — (esp Esp) I don't give a damn o I couldn't care less what he does (colloq)
pasar vt1)a) ( hacer atravesar)b) ( por la aduana -legalmente) to take through; (- ilegalmente) to smugglec) ( hacer deslizar)a esto hay que pasarle una plancha — this needs a quick iron o run over with the iron
2) (exhibir, mostrar) <película/anuncio> to show3)a) (cruzar, atravesar) < frontera> to cross; <pueblo/ciudad> to go throughb) ( dejar atrás) <edificio/calle> to go pastc) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtakepasar A algo — to overtake something, to get past something
está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre — he's really tall, he's already overtaken his father
4) <examen/prueba> to pass5) <página/hoja> to turn6) (fam) ( tolerar)a ese tipo no lo paso — I can't stand o take that guy (colloq)
no podía pasar aquella sopa — I couldn't stomach o eat that soup
pasar por alto — <falta/error> to overlook, forget about; tema/punto to leave out, omit
7) ( transcribir)tendré que pasar la carta — I'll have to write o copy the letter out again
¿me pasas esto a máquina? — could you type this for me?
8) (entregar, hacer llegar)¿me pasas el martillo? — can you pass me the hammer?
9) <gripe/resfriado> to giveme lo pasó a mí — he gave it to me, he passed it on to me
10)a) < tiempo> to spendb) ( con idea de continuidad)11)a) (sufrir, padecer) penalidades/desgracias to go through, to sufferestá pasando una mala racha — he's going through bad times o (BrE) a bad patch
pasé mucho miedo/frío — I was very frightened/cold
b)pasarlo or pasarla bien — to have a good time
3.¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? — did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?
1) pasarse v pron2) ( cambiarse)3)a) ( ir demasiado lejos)nos pasamos, el banco está más arriba — we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as this
b) (fam) ( excederse) to go too farse pasó con la sal — he overdid the salt (colloq)
se pasó de listo — he tried to be too clever (colloq)
c) (CS fam) ( lucirse)4)a) peras/tomates to go bad, get overripe; carne/pescado to go off, go bad; leche to go off, go sourb) (recocerse): arroz/pasta to get overcooked5)a) ( desaparecer) efecto to wear off; dolor to go away; (+ me/te/le etc)ya se me pasó el dolor — the pain's gone o eased now
espera a que se le pase el enojo — wait until he's calmed o cooled down
b) ( transcurrir)el año se ha pasado muy rápido — this year has gone very quickly; (+ me/te/le etc)
6) (+ me/te/le etc)a) ( olvidarse)b) ( dejar de notar)c) ( dejar escapar)7) (enf) ( estar)se pasó el domingo durmiendo — he spent the whole of Sunday evening sleeping; ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1b y 2b
8) (enf) (fam) (ir)¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? — could you go down to the market?
9) (refl)* * *= hand (over), pass, pass by, pass on, transfer, transmit, turn over + page, hand on, spend, transpire, pass out, turn over, slide over, pass along, get through, can't/couldn't be bothered, go + past, pass down, roll on, pass out, blow over, make + the cut, wear off, hand down.Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.
Ex: Examination reveals positions on the cards where the light passes through all the cards in a stack.Ex: The days of needing to change into carpet slippers before going to such an area have thankfully passed by.Ex: If ignored, the problems are only passed on to all the users of the catalog: the public, the reference department, the acquisitions department, and naturally the cataloging department.Ex: Scope notes, on the order hand, may be present in a thesaurus but are unlikely to be transferred to an index.Ex: The system permits the requester to specify up to five potential lending libraries, and the system transmits the requests to these libraries one at a time.Ex: Turn over the page and you will find suggested analyses against which you can check your solution.Ex: Some experts have expressed grave doubts about the durability of contemporary literary and artistic works on paper and hence the possibility of handing on works of culture to future generations.Ex: Any funeral scene in a story inevitably conjures in myself memories of my childhood spent as the son of an undertaker.Ex: The 2nd is the fact that most information seeking transpires with little help from librarians, who have consistently failed to establish themselves as primary information professionals.Ex: At the Closing Session Danish flags were suddenly produced and passed out among the crowd who began waving them enthusiastically.Ex: Then he picked up about 2 cm. of type from the right-hand end of the uppermost line (i.e. the last word or two of the last line) with the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, read it, and dropped the pieces of type one by one into their proper boxes, turning over the old house.Ex: He had greeted her courteously, as was his wont, and had inquired if she minded his smoking; she told him to go ahead and slid over an ashtray.Ex: If the head of reference services does not pass along the information to the staff the reference librarians, by being uninformed, will undoubtedly not make as good an impression on the important city managers.Ex: I think that the so-called average person often exhibits a great deal of heroism in getting through an ordinary day.Ex: Consider for example, a teacher who doesn't change his password (ever!) or can't be bothered to log out, all the firewalls and antivirus programs in the world will not protect a school's network.Ex: Unfortunately, its conclusions are completely pedestrian, rarely going past the fact that there were old people in England in the late Middle Ages.Ex: The knowledge that has been passed down from generation to generation by sentient beings on this planet for aeons and aeons is quite impossible to fully comprehend.Ex: But to make matters worse, and as the drought rolls on, it is very likely that it won't rain again until October or November.Ex: Put a set of premises into such a device and turn the crank, and it will readily pass out conclusion after conclusion.Ex: During the bulk of that time, your liberal leaders grandly sat, waiting for various things to blow over.Ex: Naturally, the recruiters whose people were not chosen for the job wanted feedback as to why their candidates did not make the cut.Ex: We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.Ex: A hunting guide while still in his teens, he learned his woodcraft first hand, absorbing lore handed down to him from his father.* a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.* a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).* a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.* a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.* a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.* ayudar a pasar por = get + Nombre + through.* cada día que pasa = each passing day.* conforme + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.* conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.* dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.* dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.* dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.* dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.* desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....* día que pasa = passing day.* esa época ya pasó hace tiempo = that time is long past.* haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.* hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.* hacer que Alguien las pase canutas = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.* hacérselas pasar canutas a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.* hacérselas pasarlas canutas a Alguien = push + Nombre + to the edge.* hacérselas pasar negras a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.* hacerse pasar por = masquerade as, impersonate.* las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).* las cosas no pasan así porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).* las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.* lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.* no dejar pasar = keep out.* no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.* no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.* pasando a = moving on to.* pasar a = go on to, move on to, proceed to, shunt into, switch over, switch to, step onto, spill over into.* pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.* pasar a Alguien lo que a = suffer + the fate of.* pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.* pasar a la clandestinidad = go into + hiding.* pasar a la era de = move into + the age of.* pasar a la historia = history in the making, go down in + history.* pasar a la historia como = go down as, go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.* pasar a la página + Número = turn to + page + Número.* pasar a la posteridad = go down to + posterity.* pasar a la posteridad como = go down to + posterity as.* pasar Algo a Alguien = turn + Algo + over to + Alguien.* pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.* pasar algún tiempo en = have + a turn at.* pasar al olvido = blow over.* pasar a los anales de la historia = go down in + history.* pasar a los anales de la historia como = go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.* pasar al primer plano = take + centre stage.* pasar al siguiente año fiscal = roll over.* pasar al siguiente nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.* pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.* pasar año(s) antes de que = be year(s) before.* pasar a ocupar el puesto de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.* pasar aprietos = feel + the pinch.* pasar apuros = struggle, pass through + adversity, have + a thin time, be under strain, bear + hardship, be hard pressed, feel + the pinch, have + a hard time, the wolves + be + at the door, have + a tough time.* pasar apuros económicos = lead + a precarious existence.* pasar a ser = become, develop into.* pasar a ser el centro de atención = come into + focus, take + centre stage.* pasar a ser inconcebible = render + inconceivable.* pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.* pasar a una situación económica más confortable = improve + Posesivo + lot.* pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.* pasar casi rozando = skim.* pasar como una bala = whiz.* pasar de = get beyond.* pasar de... a... = proceed from... to..., move from... to....* pasar de... a = switch from... to..., go from... to..., swing between... and..., grow from... into/to.* pasar de contrabando = smuggle.* pasar de generación en generación = pass down from + generation to generation.* pasar de largo = bypass [by-pass].* pasar de largo rápidamente = race + past.* pasar de moda = drop out of + vogue, go out of + fashion, go out of + favour, go out of + date, go out of + vogue, fall out of + vogue, go out of + style, pass away, obsolesce, drop out of + circulation.* pasar desapercibido = be unnoticeable, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, be an invisible fly on the wall, go + unnoted, lie + forgotten, sneak under + the radar.* pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.* pasar de uno a otro = change back and forth.* pasar de un sitio a otro = travel.* pasar dificultades = struggle, be under strain, bear + hardship, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.* pasar el invierno = winter, overwinter.* pasar el mochuelo = pass + the bucket.* pasar el muerto = pass + the bucket.* pasar el platillo = pass + the bucket (around).* pasar el rato = hang out.* pasar el rato con = kick + it with.* pasar el rato con los amigos = hang out with + Posesivo + friends.* pasar el relevo a = hand + the reins over to.* pasar el testigo = pass (on) + the torch, pass (on) + the baton.* pasar el tiempo = pass + the time, hang around, spend + Posesivo + days, hang about, hang out.* pasar el tiempo libre = spend + Posesivo + leisure, spend + Posesivo + leisure time.* pasar + Expresión Temporal = elapse + Expresión Temporal, go by + Expresión Temporal.* pasar hambre = suffer from + hunger, go + hungry, starve.* pasar hojas = page (through), turn + pages, flip + pages.* pasar hojas hacia atrás = page + backward.* pasar hojas hacia delante = page + forward.* pasar inadvertidamente = slip, creep + past, sneak + past.* pasar inadvertido = be unnoticeable, escape + notice, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, go + unnoted, sneak under + the radar.* pasar la antorcha = hand over + the torch.* pasar la luna de miel = honeymoon.* pasar la noche = spend + the night, stay overnight.* pasar la página = turn over + page.* pasar la pantalla = scroll.* pasar la pelota = pass + the buck.* pasar la prueba = pass + muster.* pasarlas canutas = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time, be to hell and back.* pasarlas negras = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time.* pasarlas putas = jump through + hoops, be to hell and back.* pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.* pasar las vacaciones = vacation.* pasar llevando = take through.* pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.* pasarlo bien = have + fun, be a great time.* pasarlo bomba = be a great time, have + a whale of a time.* pasarlo canutas intentando Hacer Algo = have + a heck of a time + trying.* pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.* pasarlo genial = have + a whale of a time.* pasarlo mal = have + a thin time, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.* pasarlo muy mal = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.* pasarlo pipa = have + a whale of a time.* pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.* pasar miseria = the wolves + be + at the door.* pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.* pasar + Nombre + a = turn + Nombre + over to.* pasar penurias = suffer from + deprivation.* pasar poco a poco = slide into.* pasar por = cross, pass through, reach down, step through, go by, go through, pass for, pass across, run + Nombre + through + Nombre, make + Posesivo + way through, run through.* pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], gloss over, miss, obviate, overlook, short-circuit [shortcircuit], skip over, leapfrog, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by, flout, close + the door on, skip.* pasar por alto la autoridad de Alguien = go over + Posesivo + head.* pasar por alto rápidamente = race + past.* pasar por aquí = come by.* pasar por delante de = make + Posesivo + way past.* pasar por el acoso de = run + the gauntlet of.* pasar por el infierno = be to hell and back.* pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.* pasar por encima = pass over.* pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.* pasar por la mitad de = cut through.* pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.* pasar por un período de = go through + a period of.* pasar por un proceso de = go through + a process of.* pasar privaciones = suffer from + deprivation.* pasar rápidamente = run through, sweep by, sweep, flash across.* pasar rápidamente a = snap to.* pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.* pasar registros a disco = transfer + records + to disc.* pasar revista = review.* pasarse = come by, drop in, overshoot, step over + the edge, go + overboard, go + too far.* pasarse Algo por el culo = not give a shit.* pasarse Algo por el forro = flout.* pasarse Algo por la entrepierna = not give a shit.* pasarse con = act + fresh with.* pasar sed = go + thirsty.* pasarse de = overstep.* pasarse de + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.* pasarse de la raya = cross + the line.* pasarse del límite = overrun [over-run].* pasárselo bien = have + a good time, have + a great time.* pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.* pasárselo fabuloso = have + a good time, have + a great time, have + a whale of a time.* pasárselo la mar de bien = have + a whale of a time, have + a great time.* pasárselo pipa = have + a great time.* pasarse por = drop by, stop by, mosey.* pasar sin = get along without, forego [forgo], do without, live without.* pasar sin Alguien = spare + Nombre Personal.* pasar sin comodidades = rough it.* pasar sin ser visto = sneak + past, sneak through, sneak under + the radar, go + unnoticed.* pasar + Tiempo = spend + time, spend + Tiempo.* pasar tiempo haciendo Algo = do + stint at.* pasar una crisis = face + crisis.* pasar una prueba = endure + ordeal, pass + a test, stand up.* pasar una prueba de sobra = pass with + flying colours.* pasar una tarjeta por un lector electrónico = swipe.* pasar un buen rato = disport + Reflexivo.* pasar un cuestionario = administer + questionnaire, carry out + questionnaire.* pasar un rato = say + hi.* pasar zumbando = whiz.* pase lo que pase = come what may, come rain or shine, rain or shine, come hell or high water.* por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.* ¿Qué pasa? = What's up?.* que pasaba = passing.* que pasa desapercibido = inconspicuous.* ¿qué pasa si... ? = what if... ?.* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.* quien no malgasta no pasa necesidades = waste not, want not.* sin haber pasado por la calandria = uncalendered.* ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.* tiempo + pasar = time + march on.* todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.* tratar de pasar desapercibido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.* tratar de pasar inadvertido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.* * *pasar [A1 ]■ pasar (verbo intransitivo)A1 por un lugar2 deteniéndose en un lugar3 caber, entrarB1 transmitirse, transferirse2 comunicarC entrarD1 cambiar de estado, actividad, tema2 Educación3 indicando aceptabilidadE exceder un límiteF1 pasar por: ser tenido por2 pasar por: implicarA1 transcurrir2 terminarB arreglárselasSentido III ocurrir, sucederA1 en naipes, juegos2 rechazando una invitaciónB expresando indiferencia■ pasar (verbo transitivo)A1 hacer atravesar2 pasar por la aduana3 hacer recorrerB exhibir, mostrarC1 cruzar, atravesar2 adelantar, sobrepasarD aprobar: examenE dar la vuelta aF tolerar, admitirG transcribirH engañarA entregar, hacer llegarB contagiarA pasar: tiempo, día etcB1 sufrir, padecer2 pasarlo bien/mal■ pasarse (verbo pronominal)A cambiarseB1 ir demasiado lejos2 excederse3 lucirseC1 pasarse: comestibles2 CocinaA desaparecerB «tiempo»C olvidarseA enfático: con idea de continuidadB enfático: irC reflexivoviA1 (por un lugar) to come/go pastno ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone by o come/gone pastpasó un coche a toda velocidad a car passed at top speed, a car came/went past at top speed, a car shot o sped past¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? what time does the milkman come?no aparques aquí, que no pueden pasar otros coches don't park here, other cars won't be able to get pastno dejan pasar a nadie they're not letting anyone throughno dejes pasar esta oportunidad don't miss this chancepasar de largo to go right o straight pastel autobús venía completo y pasó de largo the bus was full and didn't stop o went right o straight past without stoppingpasó de largo sin siquiera saludar she went right o straight past o ( colloq) she sailed past without even saying hellopasar POR algo to go THROUGH sthal pasar por la aduana when you go through customsprefiero no pasar por el centro I'd rather not go through the city centerel Tajo pasa por Aranjuez the Tagus flows through Aranjuezhay un vuelo directo, no hace falta pasar por Miami there's a direct flight so you don't have to go via Miami¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?¿el 45 pasa por aquí? does the number 45 come this way/stop here?pasamos justo por delante de su casa we went right past her housepasaba por aquí y se me ocurrió hacerte una visita I was just passing by o I was in the area and I thought I'd drop in and see youni me pasó por la imaginación que fuese a hacerlo it didn't even occur to me o it didn't even cross my mind that she would do itel país está pasando por momentos difíciles these are difficult times for the country2 (deteniéndose en un lugar) pasar POR:¿podríamos pasar por el supermercado? can we stop off at the supermarket?de camino tengo que pasar por la oficina I have to drop in at o stop by the office on the waypase usted por caja please go over to the cashierpasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?pasar A + INF:puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrowpasaremos a verlos de camino a casa we'll drop by o stop by and see them on the way home, we'll call in o drop in and see them on the way home3(caber, entrar): no creo que pase por la puerta, es demasiado ancho I don't think it'll go through o I don't think we'll get it through the door, it's too wideesta camiseta no me pasa por la cabeza I can't get this T-shirt over my headB1(transmitirse, transferirse): la humedad ha pasado a la habitación de al lado the damp has gone through to the room next doorel título pasa al hijo mayor the title passes o goes to the eldest sonla carta ha ido pasando de mano en mano the letter has been passed around (to everyone)2(comunicar): te paso con Javier (en el mismo teléfono) I'll let you speak to Javier, I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; (en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to JavierC (entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in; (— alejándose del hablante) to go inpasa, no te quedes en la puerta come (on) in, don't stand there in the doorway¿se puede? — pase may I come in? — yes, please do¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!ha llegado el señor Díaz — hágalo pasar Mr Díaz is here — show him in please¡no pasarán! ( fr hecha); they shall not pass!pueden pasar al comedor you may go through into the dining room¿puedo pasar al baño? may I use the bathroom please?¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? ( AmL); who's going to come up to the blackboard?D1 (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema) pasar ( DE algo) A algo:en poco tiempo ha pasado del anonimato a la fama in a very short space of time she's gone o shot from obscurity to famepasó del quinto al séptimo lugar she went o dropped from fifth to seventh placeahora pasa a tercera ( Auto) now change into thirdpasa a la página 98 continued on page 98pasando a otra cosa … anyway, to change the subject …pasar A + INF:el equipo pasa a ocupar el primer puesto the team moves into first placepasó a formar parte del equipo en julio she joined the team in Julymás tarde pasó a tratar la cuestión de los impuestos later he went on to deal with the question of taxespasamos a informar de otras noticias de interés now, the rest of the news2 ( Educación):Daniel ya pasa a tercero Daniel will be starting third grade next semester ( AmE), Daniel will be going into the third year next term ( BrE)si pasas de curso te compro una bicicleta if you get through o pass your end-of-year exams, I'll buy you a bicycle3(indicando aceptabilidad): no está perfecto, pero puede pasar it's not perfect, but it'll dopor esta vez (que) pase, pero que no se repita I'll let it pass o go this time, but don't let it happen againE (exceder un límite) pasar DE algo:no pases de 100 don't go over 100fue un pequeño desacuerdo pero no pasó de eso it was nothing more than a slight disagreement, we/they had a slight disagreement, but it was nothing more than thatestuvo muy cortés conmigo pero no pasó de eso he was very polite, but no moretengo que escribirle, de hoy no pasa I must write to him today without failestá muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another dayyo diría que no pasa de los 30 I wouldn't say he was more than 30al principio no pasábamos de nueve empleados there were only nine of us working there/here at the beginningno pasan de ser palabras vacías they are still nothing but empty words o still only empty words1(ser tenido por): pasa por tonto, pero no lo es he might look stupid, but he isn'tpodrían pasar por hermanas they could pass for sistersse hacía pasar por médico he passed himself off as a doctorse hizo pasar por mi padre he pretended to be my father2 (implicar) to lie inla solución pasa por la racionalización de la industria the solution lies in the rationalization of the industryA «tiempo»1(transcurrir): ya han pasado dos horas y aún no ha vuelto it's been two hours now and she still hasn't come back¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!por ti no pasan los años you look as young as everpasaban las horas y no llegaba the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come2(terminar): menos mal que el invierno ya ha pasado thank goodness winter's overya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over nowno llores, ya pasó don't cry, it's all right now o it's all over nowB(arreglárselas): ¿compro más o podemos pasar con esto? shall I buy some more or can we get by on o make do with this?sin electricidad podemos pasar, pero sin agua no we can manage o do without electricity but not without waterSentido III (ocurrir, suceder) to happendéjame que te cuente lo que pasó let me tell you what happenedclaro que me gustaría ir, lo que pasa es que estoy cansada of course I'd like to go, only I'm really tired o it's just that I'm really tiredlo que pasa es que el jueves no voy a estar the thing is o the problem is I won't be here on Thursdayiré pase lo que pase I'm going whatever happens o come what may¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? what happened about the watch?ahora se dan la mano y aquí no ha pasado nada now just shake hands and let's forget the whole thingen este pueblo nunca pasa nada nothing ever happens in this townsiempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same¿qué pasa? ¿por qué estás tan serio? what's up o what's the matter? why are you looking so serious?se lo dije yo ¿pasa algo? I told him, what of it o what's it to you? ( colloq), I told him, do you have a problem with that? ( colloq)no te hagas mala sangre, son cosas que pasan don't get upset about it, these things happen(+ me/te/le etc): ¿qué te ha pasado en el ojo? what have you done to your eye?, what's happened to your eye?¿qué le pasará a Ricardo que tiene tan mala cara? I wonder what's up with o what's the matter with Ricardo? he looks terrible ( colloq)¿qué te pasa que estás tan callado? why are you so quiet?¿qué le pasa a la lavadora que no centrifuga? why isn't the washing machine spinning?no sé qué me pasa I don't know what's wrong o what's the matter with meeso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybodyel coche quedó destrozado pero a él no le pasó nada the car was wrecked but he escaped unhurtA1 (en naipes, juegos) to passpaso, no tengo tréboles pass o I can't go, I don't have any clubs2 ( fam)(rechazando una invitación, una oportunidad): tómate otra — no, gracias, esta vez paso have another one — no thanks, I'll skip this one o I'll pass on this round ( colloq)¿vas a tomar postre? — no, yo paso are you going to have a dessert? — no, I think I'll give it a miss o no, I couldn'tpasar DE algo:esta noche paso de salir, estoy muy cansada I don't feel like going out tonight, I'm very tired ( colloq)B ( fam)(expresando indiferencia): que se las arreglen, yo paso they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem o I don't want anything to do with itpasar DE algo:pasa ampliamente de lo que diga la gente she couldn't give a damn about o she couldn't care less what people say ( colloq)paso mucho de política I couldn't give a damn about politics ( colloq)mis padres pasan de mí my parents couldn't care less what I do/what happens to me■ pasarvtA1 (hacer atravesar) pasar algo POR algo:pasar la salsa por un tamiz put the sauce through a sieve, sieve the saucepasé la piña por la licuadora I put the pineapple through the blender, I liquidized o blended the pineapplepasa el cordón por este agujero thread the shoelace through this hole2(por la aduana): ¿cuántas botellas de vino se puede pasar? how many bottles of wine are you allowed to take through?los pillaron intentando pasar armas they were caught trying to smuggle o bring in arms3ven aquí, que te voy a pasar un peine come here and let me give your hair a quick comb o let me put a comb through your hairpásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe, wipe the floor downpasarlo primero por harina first dip it in floura esto hay que pasarle una plancha this needs a quick iron o ( colloq) a quick once-over o run over with the ironB (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to showlas chicas que pasaron los modelos the girls who modeled the dressesC1 (cruzar, atravesar) ‹frontera› to crosspasaron el río a nado they swam across the riveresa calle la pasamos hace rato we went past o we passed that street a while back¿ya hemos pasado Flores? have we been through Flores yet?2 (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtakea ver si podemos pasar a este camión why don't we overtake o get past o pass this truck?está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre he's really tall, he's already overtaken his fatherD (aprobar) ‹examen/prueba› to passE (dar la vuelta a) ‹página/hoja› to turnF ( fam)(tolerar, admitir): esto no te lo paso I'm not letting you get away with thisel profesor no te deja pasar ni una the teacher doesn't let you get away with anythinga ese tipo no lo paso or no lo puedo pasar I can't stand o take that guy ( colloq)yo el Roquefort no lo paso I can't stand Roquefort, I hate Roquefortno podía pasar aquella sopa grasienta I couldn't stomach o eat that greasy souppasar por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook, forget about; (olvidar, omitir) to forget, leave out, omit, overlookG(transcribir): tendré que pasar la carta I'll have to write o copy the letter out again¿me pasas esto a máquina? could you type this for me?se cree que me va a pasar a mí he thinks he can put one over on meA(entregar, hacer llegar): cuando termines el libro, pásaselo a Miguel when you finish the book, pass it on to Miguel¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?¿han pasado ya la factura? have they sent the bill yet?, have they billed you/us yet?le pasó el balón a Gómez he passed the ball to Gómezel padre le pasa una mensualidad she gets a monthly allowance from her father, her father gives her a monthly allowanceB (contagiar) ‹gripe/resfriado› to givese lo pasé a toda la familia I gave it to o passed it on to the whole familyA ‹tiempo› to spendvamos a pasar las Navidades en casa we are going to spend Christmas at homefuimos a Toledo a pasar el día we went to Toledo for the dayB1(sufrir, padecer): pasaron muchas penalidades they went through o suffered a lot of hardshippasé mucho miedo I was very frightened¿pasaste frío anoche? were you cold last night?pasamos hambre en la posguerra we went hungry after the warno sabes las que pasé yo con ese hombre you've no idea what I went through with that man2pasarlo or pasarla bien/mal: lo pasa muy mal con los exámenes he gets very nervous o ( colloq) gets in a real state about exams¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?■ pasarseA(cambiarse): pasarse al enemigo/al bando contrario to go over to the enemy/to the other sidequeremos pasarnos a la otra oficina we want to move to the other officeB1(ir demasiado lejos): nos hemos pasado, el banco está más arriba we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as thisnos pasamos de estación/parada we missed o went past our station/stop2 ( fam) (excederse) to go too faresta vez te has pasado you've gone too far this timeno te pases que no estoy para bromas that's enough o don't push your luck ( colloq), I'm not in the mood for jokesse pasaron con los precios they charged exorbitant prices, the prices they charged were way over the top o way out of line ( colloq)se pasó con la sal he put too much salt in it, he overdid the salt ( colloq)pasarse DE algo:se pasó de listo he tried to be too clever ( colloq)te pasas de bueno you're too kind for your own good3(CS fam) (lucirse): ¡te pasaste! esto está riquísimo you've excelled yourself! this is really delicious ( colloq)se pasó con ese gol that was a fantastic goal he scored ( colloq)C1 «peras/tomates» to go bad, get overripe; «carne/pescado» to go off, go bad; «leche» to go off, go sourestos plátanos se están pasando these bananas are starting to go bad o to get overripe2 ( Cocina):se va a pasar el arroz the rice is going to spoil o get overcookedno lo dejes pasar de punto don't let it overcookSentido II (+ me/te/le etc)A(desaparecer): ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased nowespera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled downhasta que se le pase la fiebre until her temperature goes downB«tiempo»: sus clases se me pasan volando her classes seem to go so quicklyse me pasaron las tres horas casi sin enterarme the three hours flew by almost without my realizingC(olvidarse): lo siento, se me pasó totalmente I'm sorry, I completely forgot o it completely slipped my mindse me pasó su cumpleaños I forgot his birthdayA ( enfático)(con idea de continuidad): se pasa meses sin ver a su mujer he goes for months at a time o he goes months without seeing his wife, he doesn't see his wife for months on endse pasa hablando por teléfono ( AmL); he's always on the telephoneme pasé toda la noche estudiando I was up all night studyinges capaz de pasarse el día entero sin probar bocado he can quite easily go the whole day without having a thing to eat¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? could you go down to the market?, could you pop o nip down to the market? ( BrE colloq)C ( reflexivo):se pasó la mano por el pelo he ran his fingers through his hairni siquiera tuve tiempo de pasarme un peine I didn't even have time to run a comb through my hair o ( BrE) to give my hair a comb* * *
pasar ( conjugate pasar) verbo intransitivo
1
◊ no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone past;
los otros coches no podían pasar the other cars weren't able to get past;
no dejan pasar a nadie they're not letting anyone through;
pasar de largo to go right o straight past;
pasar por la aduana to go through customs;
es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami;
¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?;
pasamos por delante de su casa we went past her house;
pasaba por aquí y … I was just passing by o I was in the area and …b) ( deteniéndose en un lugar):◊ ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?;
pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?;
puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow
[ humedad] to go through from one side to the otherd) ( caber):
2 ( entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in;
(— alejándose del hablante) to go in;◊ pase, por favor please, do come in;
¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!;
haga pasar al Sr Díaz show Mr Díaz in please
3
b) ( comunicar):
( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
4a) (Educ) to pass;◊ pasar de curso to get through o pass one's end-of-year examsb) ( ser aceptable):◊ no está perfecto, pero puede pasar it's not perfect, but it'll do;
por esta vez, (que) pase I'll let it pass o go this time
5
a) ( ser tenido por):
ver tb hacerse II 3
( suceder) to happen;
lo que pasa es que… the thing o the problem is …;
pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same;
¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq);
¿qué te pasa? what's the matter with you?;
¿qué te pasó en el ojo? what happened to your eye?;
¿qué le pasa a la tele? what's wrong with the TV?;
eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody;
no le pasó nada nothing happened to him
1 ( transcurrir) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by;◊ pasaron muchos años many years went by o passed;
ya han pasado dos horas it's been two hours now;
un año pasa muy rápido a year goes very quickly;
¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
2 ( cesar) [crisis/mal momento] to be over;
[ efecto] to wear off;
[ dolor] to go away
3 ( arreglárselas) pasar sin algo to manage without sth
verbo transitivo
1
‹pueblo/ciudad› to go through
2a) ( hacer atravesar) pasar algo POR algo to put sth through sth;
(— ilegalmente) to smuggle
3 ( hacer recorrer):
pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe;
hay que pasarle una plancha it needs a quick iron
4 (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
5 ‹examen/prueba› to pass
6 ‹página/hoja› to turn;
‹tema/punto› to leave out, omit
1 (entregar, hacer llegar):
¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
2 ( contagiar) to give, to pass on
1
fuimos a Toledo a pasar el día we went to Toledo for the dayb) ( con idea de continuidad):
pasa todo el día al teléfono she spends all day on the phone
◊ ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?;
lo pasé mal I didn't enjoy myself
2 (sufrir, padecer) ‹penalidades/desgracias› to go through, to suffer;◊ pasé mucho miedo/frío I was very frightened/cold
pasarse verbo pronominal
1 ( cambiarse):
2
esta vez te has pasado (fam) you've gone too far this time
¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? could you go down to the market?
3
[carne/pescado] to go off, go bad;
[ leche] to go off, go sour
1
[ dolor] to go away;
(+ me/te/le etc)◊ ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now;
espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled downb) ( transcurrir):
ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1
2 (+ me/te/le etc)a) ( olvidarse):
b) ( dejar escapar):
pasar
I verbo transitivo
1 to pass
2 (trasladar) to move
3 (dar) to pass, give: no me pasó el recado, he didn't give me the message
4 (hojas de libro) to turn
5 (el tiempo, la vida) to spend, pass
6 (soportar, sufrir) to suffer, endure: está pasando una crisis personal, she's going through a personal crisis
pasamos sed y calor, we suffered thirst and heat
7 (río, calle, frontera) to cross
8 (tragar) to swallow
9 (tolerar, aguantar) to bear
10 (introducir) to insert, put through
11 (un examen, una eliminatoria) to pass
12 Cine to run, show: este sábado pasan Ben Hur, they're putting Ben Hur on this Saturday
II verbo intransitivo
1 to pass: ¿a qué hora pasa el tren?, what time does the train pass?
Cervantes pasó por aquí, Cervantes passed this way
ya pasó, it has already passed
pasar de largo, to go by (without stopping)
2 (entrar) to come in
3 (ser tolerable) to be acceptable: no está mal, puede pasar, it isn't bad, it will do
4 (exceder) to surpass: no pases de los 70 km/h, don't exceed 70 km/h
5 (a otro asunto) to go on to
pasar a ser, to become
6 (tiempo) to pass, go by
7 (arreglarse, apañarse) pasar sin, to do without: puedo pasar sin coche, I can manage without a car
8 fam (no tener interés, prescindir) pasa de lo que digan, don't mind what they say
paso de ir al cine, I'll give the cinema a miss
9 (suceder) to happen: ¿qué pasa?, what's going on?
¿qué le pasa?, what's the matter with him?
pase lo que pase, whatever happens o come what may
♦ Locuciones: pasar algo a limpio, to make a fair copy of sthg
pasarlo bien/mal, to have a good/difficult time
pasar por, to put up with: paso por que me digas que estoy gorda, pero no pienso tolerar que me amargues cada comida, I can handle you calling me fat, but I'm not having you ruin every single meal for me
pasar por alto, to overlook: pasaré por alto esa observación, I'll just ignore that remark
' pasar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
achicharrarse
- ahorrar
- amarga
- amargo
- aro
- blanca
- blanco
- bondad
- cabalgata
- cadáver
- calor
- cocerse
- colar
- desapercibida
- desapercibido
- desfilar
- deslizar
- entretenerse
- historia
- inadvertida
- inadvertido
- inri
- mayor
- meneo
- noche
- penalidad
- posibilidad
- privación
- rato
- relámpago
- revista
- rozar
- salvar
- suceder
- superar
- suplantar
- suprimir
- tamiz
- tener
- tesorería
- tirarse
- torniquete
- trago
- verter
- vestidura
- vicaría
- vida
- vivir
- adiós
- alcanzar
English:
ask in
- bootleg
- bring in
- brush
- buck
- by
- call
- clamber
- clear
- come
- come by
- come on to
- decide on
- discount
- do without
- drag
- dread
- drive-through
- elapse
- embarrassment
- envisage
- envision
- fashion
- fill in
- fly
- fore
- gallop past
- get by
- get on to
- get onto
- get past
- get through
- gloss over
- go
- go along
- go by
- go on
- go out
- go through
- go under
- graze
- hand on
- hang out
- happen
- have
- hibernate
- hideous
- holiday
- Hoover
- hungry
* * *♦ vt1. [dar, transmitir] to pass;[noticia, aviso] to pass on;¿me pasas la sal? would you pass me the salt?;pásame toda la información que tengas give me o let me have all the information you've got;no se preocupe, yo le paso el recado don't worry, I'll pass on the message to him;páseme con el encargado [al teléfono] could you put me through to o could I speak to the person in charge?;le paso (con él) [al teléfono] I'll put you through (to him);Valdez pasó el balón al portero Valdez passed the ball (back) to the keeper;pasan sus conocimientos de generación en generación they pass down their knowledge from one generation to the next;el Estado le pasa una pensión she gets a pension from the State;pasar harina por un cedazo to sieve flour;pasar leche por el colador to strain milk;pasa la cuerda por ese agujero pass the rope through this hole;hay que pasar las maletas por la máquina de rayos X your luggage has to go through the X-ray machine;pase las croquetas por huevo coat the croquettes with egg;pasar el cepillo por el suelo to scrub the floor;pasa un paño por la mesa give the table a wipe with a cloth;se dedican a pasar tabaco de contrabando/inmigrantes ilegales por la frontera they smuggle tobacco/illegal immigrants across the borderme has pasado el resfriado you've given me your cold3. [cruzar] to cross;pasar la calle/la frontera to cross the road/border;pasé el río a nado I swam across the river4. [rebasar, sobrepasar] [en el espacio, tiempo] to go through;¿hemos pasado ya la frontera? have we gone past o crossed the border yet?;pasar un semáforo en rojo to go through a red light;al pasar el parque gire a su izquierda once you're past the park, turn left, turn left after the park;cuando el automóvil pase los primeros cinco años debe ir a revisión the car should be serviced after five years;ya ha pasado los veinticinco he's over twenty-five now;mi hijo me pasa ya dos centímetros my son is already two centimetres taller than me5. [adelantar] [corredores, vehículos] to overtake;pasa a esa furgoneta en cuanto puedas overtake that van as soon as you canhay que pasar todos estos libros al estudio we have to take all these books through to the study, we have to move all these books to the study7. [conducir adentro] to show in;el criado nos pasó al salón the butler showed us into the living-room8. [hacer avanzar] [páginas de libro] to turn;[hojas sueltas] to turn over;pasar página to make a fresh start9. [mostrar] [película, diapositivas, reportaje] to show10. [emplear] [tiempo] to spend;pasó dos años en Roma he spent two years in Rome;¿dónde vas a pasar las vacaciones? where are you going on holiday o US vacation?, where are you going to spend your holidays o US vacation?;pasé la noche trabajando I worked all night, I spent the whole night working;he pasado muy buenos ratos con él I've had some very good times with him11. [experimentar] to go through, to experience;pasar frío/miedo to be cold/scared;¿has pasado la varicela? have you had chickenpox?;¿qué tal lo has pasado? did you have a nice time?, did you enjoy yourselves?;pasarlo bien to enjoy oneself, to have a good time;¡que lo pases bien! have a nice time!, enjoy yourself!;lo hemos pasado muy mal últimamente we've had a hard time of it recently;Fampasarlas canutas to have a rough time12. [superar] to pass;muy pocos pasaron el examen/la prueba very few people passed the exam/test;hay que pasar un reconocimiento médico you have to pass a medical;no pasamos la eliminatoria we didn't get through the tieque me engañes no te lo paso I'm not going to let you get away with cheating me;este profesor no te deja pasar (ni) una you can't get away with anything with this teacher;pasar algo por alto [adrede] to pass over sth;[sin querer] to miss sth outyo te lo paso a máquina I'll type it up for you;pasar un documento Esp [m5] al ordenador o Am [m5] a la computadora to type o key a document (up) on the computerestán siempre tratando de pasarte con el vuelto they always try to short-change you o diddle you over the change♦ vi1. [ir, moverse] to pass, to go;vimos pasar a un hombre corriendo we saw a man run past;¿cuándo pasa el camión de la basura? when do the Br dustmen o US garbage collectors come?;deja pasar a la ambulancia let the ambulance past;¿me deja pasar, por favor? may I come past, please?;pasó por mi lado he passed by my side;he pasado por tu calle I went down your street;el autobús pasa por mi casa the bus passes in front of o goes past my house;¿qué autobuses pasan por aquí? which buses go past here?, which buses can you catch from here?;el Támesis pasa por Londres the Thames flows through London;yo sólo pasaba por aquí I was just passing by;pasaba por allí y entré a saludar I was in the area, so I stopped by to say hello;pasar de largo to go straight by2. [entrar] to go/come in;pasen por aquí, por favor come this way, please;lo siento, no se puede pasar sorry, you can't go in there/come in here;pasamos a un salón muy grande we entered a very large living-room;¿puedo pasar? may I come in?;¿puedo pasar al cuarto de baño? can I use the bathroom?;hazlos pasar show them in;RPpasar al pizarrón to go/come to the blackboard4. [acercarse, ir un momento] to pop in;pasaré por mi oficina/por tu casa I'll pop into my office/round to your place;pasa por la farmacia y compra aspirinas pop into the Br chemist's o US pharmacy and buy some aspirin;pasé a verla al hospital I dropped in at the hospital to see her;pase a por el vestido o [m5] a recoger el vestido el lunes you can come and pick the dress up on Monday5. [suceder] to happen;¿qué pasa aquí? what's going on here?;¿qué pasa? [¿qué ocurre?] what's the matter?;Fam [al saludar a alguien] how's it going?; Méx Fam¿qué pasó? [¿qué tal?] how's it going?;¿qué pasa con esas cervezas? where have those beers got to?, what's happened to those beers?;no te preocupes, no pasa nada don't worry, it's OK;aquí nunca pasa nada nothing ever happens here;¿qué le pasa? what's wrong with him?, what's the matter with him?;¿le pasó algo al niño? did something happen to the child?;¿qué te pasa en la pierna? what's wrong with your leg?;eso te pasa por mentir that's what you get for lying;lo que pasa es que… the thing is…;pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;siempre pasa lo mismo, pasa lo de siempre it's always the same;dense la mano y aquí no ha pasado nada shake hands and just forget the whole thing (as if it had never happened)6. [terminar] to be over;pasó la Navidad Christmas is over;ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over now;cuando pase el dolor when the pain passes o stops;la tormenta ya ha pasado the storm is over now;el efecto de estos fármacos pasa enseguida these drugs wear off quickly7. [transcurrir] to go by;pasaron tres meses three months went by;cuando pase un rato te tomas esta pastilla take this tablet after a little while;¡cómo pasa el tiempo! time flies!8. [cambiar]pasar de… a… [de lugar, estado, propietario] to go o pass from… to…;pasamos del último puesto al décimo we went (up) from last place to tenth;pasa de la depresión a la euforia she goes from depression to euphoria;pasó a formar parte del nuevo equipo he joined the new team;pasar a [nueva actividad, nuevo tema] to move on to;pasemos a otra cosa let's move on to something else;ahora pasaré a explicarles cómo funciona esta máquina now I'm going to explain to you how this machine works;Alicia pasa a (ser) jefa de personal Alicia will become personnel manager;9. [ir más allá, sobrepasar]si pasas de 160, vibra el volante if you go faster than 160, the steering wheel starts to vibrate;yo creo que no pasa de los cuarenta años I doubt she's older than forty;no pasó de ser un aparatoso accidente sin consecuencias the accident was spectacular but no-one was hurt10. [conformarse, apañarse]pasar (con/sin algo) to make do (with/without sth);tendrá que pasar sin coche she'll have to make do without a car;¿cómo puedes pasar toda la mañana sólo con un café? how can you last all morning on just a cup of coffee?;no sabe pasar sin su familia he can't cope without his family11. [experimentar]hemos pasado por situaciones de alto riesgo we have been in some highly dangerous situations¡yo por ahí no paso! I draw the line at that!13. [ser considerado]pasa por ser uno de los mejores tenistas del momento he is considered to be one of the best tennis players around at the moment;hacerse pasar por alguien/algo to pretend to be sb/sth, to pass oneself off as sb/sthpaso de política I'm not into politics;¡ése pasa de todo! he couldn't care less about anything!;15. [en naipes] to passpor esta vez pase, pero que no vuelva a ocurrir I'll overlook it this time, but I don't want it to happen again* * *I v/t1 pass;pasar la mano por run one’s hand through2 el tiempo spend;para pasar el tiempo (in order) to pass the time;pasarlo bien have a good time;¡que lo pases bien!, ¡a pasarlo bien! enjoy yourself!, have fun o a good time!4 problemas, dificultades experienceovertake7 TELEC:le paso al Sr. Galvez I’ll put you through to Mr. Galvez8:pasar algo a máquina type sthII v/i1 ( suceder) happen;¿qué ha pasado? what’s happened?;¿qué pasa? what’s happening?, what’s going on?;¿qué te pasa? what’s the matter?;pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over;en el viaje nos pasó de todo fam just about everything happened on that trip, it was a very eventful trip2 en juegos pass3:¡pasa!, ¡pase usted! come in!;pasé a visitarla I dropped by to see her;pasar por go by;pasa por aquí come this way;pasé por la tienda I stopped off at the shop;pasaré por tu casa I’ll drop by your house4:dejar pasar oportunidad miss5 fam:pasar de alguien not want anything to do with s.o.;paso de ir al gimnasio I can’t be bothered to go to the gym6:pasar de los 60 años be over 60 (years old);pasar de moda go out of fashion;hacerse pasar por pass o.s. off as;poder pasar sin algo be able to get by o to manage without sth;puede pasar it’s OK, it’ll do* * *pasar vi1) : to pass, to go by, to come by2) : to come in, to enter¿se puede pasar?: may we come in?3) : to happen¿qué pasa?: what's happening?, what's going on?4) : to manage, to get by5) : to be over, to end6)pasar de : to exceed, to go beyond7)pasar por : to pretend to bepasar vt1) : to pass, to give¿me pasas la sal?: would you pass me the salt?2) : to pass (a test)3) : to go over, to cross4) : to spend (time)5) : to tolerate6) : to go through, to suffer7) : to show (a movie, etc.)8) : to overtake, to pass, to surpass9) : to pass over, to wipe uppasarlo bien orpasarla bien : to have a good timepasarlo mal orpasarla mal : to have a bad time, to have a hard timepasar por alto : to overlook, to omit* * *pasar vb¡pase! come in!2. (transcurrir) to pass / to go by4. (andar, moverse) to pass / to go past¿por dónde pasa el autobús? which way does the bus go?¿a qué hora pasa el tren? what time's the train?6. (cruzar) to cross¿me pasas la sal? can you pass the salt?8. (llevar, mover) to move9. (sufrir) to be / to have10. (aprobar) to pass11. (deslizar)12. (terminar) to be over13. (arreglárselas) to manage / to get by14. (ocurrir) to happen¿qué te ha pasado? what happened to you?¿qué pasa? what's going on? / what's the matter?15. (cambiar) to change / to go16. (exceder) to be overpasar / pasar de algo not to care / not to be bothered -
5 على
عَلَى \ against: touching (usually sth. upright): The rain beat against the window. He pressed his nose against the glass. on: showing where sb. or sth. is placed: He lay on his back on the bed. The picture hung on a nail on the wall. Your name is on the list. He hit me on the nose. The boat is on the river (in the water). The house is on the river (beside the water), as in the previous meaning, but with movement (often with to) He jumped on (to) his horse. The book fell on (to) the floor. onto: on to: He sprang onto the table. over: lying across; resting on; covering: A cloud was over the sun. She spread a cloth over the table, across the surface of Ships sail over the sea, above (in rank, etc.) He rules over a proud people, about; concerning They quarrelled over the resutl of the race. You need not hurry over your dinner. upon: on. \ عَلَى \ on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea; on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. \ See Also نَحْوَ البَرّ، اليابسة (اليَابِسَة) \ عَلَى \ ashore: on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea. \ See Also نَحْوَ الشّاطِئ \ عَلَى اتِّصَال (عكس مُنْقَطع عن) \ in touch: (the opposite is out of touch) giving or receiving news: I’ve been in touch with my brother by telephone. The radio keeps us in touch with world events. \ عَلَى أتَمّ ما يكُون من التَّرتيب والهِنْدام \ spick and span: (as a predic. phrase) neat, clean and bright: Sailors usually keep their boats spick and span. \ عَلَى الأَثير \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى أَحْسَن وَجْه \ best, well, better: in the best way: Peter played best last week. \ عَلَى أرْبَع \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle. \ عَلَى الأرض \ over: from an upright (or straight) position to a flat (or bent) position: I fell over. He knocked me over. She bent over to pick it up. \ عَلَى استعداد \ content: willing: I’m content to wait for my turn. \ عَلَى أشُدِّه \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى الإطلاق \ little: (coming just before the verb) not at all: I little knew (or Little did I know) that next day he would be dead. not in the least: not at all: It doesn’t matter in the least. whatever: at all: I have no money whatever. whatsoever: a strong form of whatever; at all: Tell him nothing whatsoever!. \ عَلَى الأَغْلَب \ for the most part: mostly: He is old and for the most part he stays at home. \ عَلَى أَقْصَى ما تستطيع رؤيتَه \ in the distance: far away (from the point where one is): In the distance he could see the mountains. \ عَلَى الأَقَلّ \ a good: (with numbers) at least: He lives a good 3 miles away. at least: (showing that sth. is true, necessary, etc., even if sth. else is not) in spite of what has just been said or is just going to be said: He may be lazy but at least he’s honest. You can at least be polite even if you don’t like him, not less than It cost at least $100. quite: at least; not less than: The journey took quite three hours. \ عَلَى الأَكثَر \ largely: mostly: The accident was largely his own fault. mainly: chiefly; mostly. \ عَلَى انفِراد \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private. \ عَلَى أُهْبَة الاستعداد \ stand by: to be ready, in case one may be needed: The soldiers were told to stand by. \ عَلَى أَيّ حال \ anyhow: in any case: I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. anyway: in any case: I may be late; anyway, don’t wait for me, in any case I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. at all events, in any event: in any case; whatever may happen or has happened: He didn’t win but, at all events, he did try hard. at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. in any case: no matter what else may be considered, anyhow: It costs too much. In any case, I don’t really need it. \ عَلَى أيَّة حال \ all the same, at the same time: (only at the start of a sentence; comparing points that are for and against) in spite of this: He’s not clever; all the same, he does try hard. however: all the same; in spite of what has just been said: I’m very tired; however, I’ll come and help you. \ عَلَى بُعد \ away: at a distance: Brighton is 60 miles away. Keep away from the wet paint. beyond: further; on or to the farther side: I looked across the river to the hills beyond. \ عَلَى التَّخْصِيص \ in particular: especially: I enjoyed his first song in particular. \ عَلَى التَّوَالي \ respectively: separately, in that order: Boys and girls will be examined on Monday and Tuesday respectively (the boys on Monday, the girls on Tuesday). \ عَلَى جَانِب \ up: along (up and down are both used like this, although the course may be quite level): He lives just up the road. \ عَلَى الجميع \ round: to everyone: He handed the coffee round. There were not enough cups to go round. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ \ as far as, so far as: (showing a limit): As far as I know, he’s not here. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ سَواء \ alike: in the same way: He treats us all alike. \ عَلَى حَدِّ عِلْمي \ to the best knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, he is honest (I have no reason to doubt his honesty). \ عَلَى حِدَة \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private?. separate: not joined or shared; apart: Keep the new milk separate from the old. \ عَلَى حَقّ (مُحِقّ) \ be in the right: not be at fault: Although they said she’d made a mistake, they discovered she was in the right. \ عَلَى حِين غِرَّة \ all of a sudden: in a sudden manner. suddenly: in a sudden manner: The door opened suddenly. \ عَلَى خَطَأ \ in the wrong: mistaken (in one’s judgement, behaviour etc.). \ عَلَى الدَّوام \ always: at all times. \ عَلَى رؤوس الأصابِع \ on tiptoe: on the tips of one’s toes: I can reach that if I stand on tiptoe. \ عَلَى الرّاجح \ likely: (usu. with very, most, more or quite) probably: She’s very likely right. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِن \ despite: in spite of: Despite his age, the old man walks several miles every day. for all: in spite of: For all his strength, he could not lift it. much as: although: Much as I admire him, I could not work with him. spite, in spite of: (of sth. that fails) even with: In spite of his efforts, he could not save her life, without regard to; not caring about (a difficulty) In spite of his illness, he attended the ceremony. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِنْ أَنَّ \ although: in spite of the fact that; (without a verb) in spite of being: Although (he was) ill, he went to work. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم من ذلك \ even so: in spite of that: He may be foolish; even so, you should help him. just the same: (showing one thing that is not the natural result of another) in spite of this: He’s a thief, but I like him just the same. nevertheless: in spite of that: I told him it would be dangerous, but nevertheless he did it. still: in spite of that: We rarely win; but still, we enjoy playing. \ عَلَى سَبيل المِثال \ for instance: as an example: He’s often late. Yesterday, for instance, he came home after midnight. \ عَلَى السَّطح كلِّه \ over: (esp. with all) across a surface: The table was wet all over. He rubbed it over with a dry cloth. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. I soon drew level with the leading runner. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ flush: exactly on a level with; not sticking out from; meeting exactly at the edges: The door is flush with the wall when it is closed. \ See Also مستوى (مُسْتَوًى) \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة واحدة \ even: equal: The table legs were not of even length. He shared the money evenly among them. \ عَلَى شاكِلَة \ like: the same as: What is he like (in appearance and character)? He’s just like his father., What does it feel (or look or taste or smell or sound) like?. in the same way as:: He swims like a fish. \ عَلَى شَرْط \ provide (that), also providing (that): if; on condition that: I’ll go, provided (that) you’ll go too. \ عَلَى شَفَا \ on the brink of: close to (sth. dangerous or exciting): on the brink of war. on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. on one’s last legs: (of a person or thing) not expected to last much longer; worn out; almost in ruins: That company is on its last legs. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ See Also شفير (الموت أو الإفلاس، إلخ)، عَلى وَشْك \ عَلَى صَهْوَةِ الجَوَاد \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ضِغْن \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ See Also على غير رَغْبَة \ عَلَى طُولِ \ along: following the line of: He ran along the road. down: along (without regard to level): We raced down the street. My friend lives just down the road. \ عَلَى ظَهْر \ on deck: on an uncovered deck, in the open air. \ See Also سَطْح السفينة \ عَلَى ظَهْر الحِصان \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ظَهْر السَّفينة \ on board: on (or on to) a ship or aeroplane: There are 70 men on board. Can I go on board the aircraft?. \ عَلَى ظَهْر الصَّفْحَة \ overleaf: on the back of the page: Please fill in this paper, and sign your name overleaf. \ عَلَى عَرْض \ across: over; from one side to the other of: He ran across the street. There is a bridge across the stream. \ عَلَى العَكْس \ on the contrary: (expressing disagreement) the opposite is true: It’s not worn out - on the contrary, it’s quite new. \ عَلَى عِلْم بِـ \ familiar with: knowing; accustomed to: I’m not familiar with English law. \ عَلَى عُلُوّ \ high: (in compounds) to the height of: The grass was waist-high. \ عَلَى الغالِب \ probably: almost certainly; with little doubt: You’re probably right. \ عَلَى غَيْر انتظار \ surprisingly: unexpectedly: a surprisingly good result. \ عَلَى غَيْر رَغْبَة \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ عَلَى غَيْر هُدًى \ adrift: (of boats) loose; floating about with no control: Our ship was wrecked and we were left adrift in a small boat on the ocean. \ عَلَى فَتَرات مُنْتَظِمة \ periodically: from time to time. \ عَلَى فَرض أنّ \ (conj.) supposing: if: Supposing he’s late, shall we wait for him? Even supposing the lorry comes, it will still be too late. \ عَلَى الفِطْرة \ na]ve: too simple to be sensible; lacking wisdom and experience: a na]ve question; a na]ve young girl. \ عَلَى فِكْرَة \ by the way: used to show that the speaker is about to change the subject: Thank you for your help. By the way, would you like to come to our party next week?. \ عَلَى الفَوْر \ directly: at once: He arrived directly after me. instantly: at once. off-hand: without thought or preparation: I can’t say off-hand what it cost, but it was over $1000. \ عَلَى قافية واحدة \ rhyme: (of word endings) to have the same sound: ‘Consideration’ rhymes with ‘nation’, ‘Port’ rhymes with ‘thought’. ‘Pleasure’ rhymes with ‘measure’ but not with ‘pressure’. \ عَلَى قَدْر \ according to: in the proper way for; depending on: Each man was paid according to his skill. \ عَلَى قَدَم وَسَاق \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى قَيْد الحَيَاة \ alive: living: He was buried alive when part of a cliff fell on him. \ عَلَى كُلّ حال \ at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. \ عَلَى مَا يَبْدُو \ apparently: it seems (from what people say): I thought she was 15, but apparently is older. \ عَلَى ما يَصِل إليه عِلْمي \ to the best of my knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, my son has never met her. \ See Also على مَبْلَغ علمي \ عَلَى المَدَى الطَّويل \ in the long run: after a period of time; in the end: It’ll be cheaper in the long run to buy good quality shoes. \ عَلَى مسؤوليَّته الشخصيّة \ at one’s own risk: agreeing that any troube will be one’s own fault: The bridge is unsafe but you can cross it at your own risk. \ عَلَى مسافة قريبة مِن \ off: a short distance from: an island off the English coast. \ عَلَى مُسْتَوًى \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. \ عَلَى مِصْرَاعَيْه (فَتَحَ الباب) \ wide: (with open) fully: open the door wide. Leave it wide open. \ عَلَى نَحْو مماثِل \ similarly: in the same way: They were similarly dressed. \ عَلَى نَسَق \ on the lines of: in the general form of: We’re planning some sports on the lines of the Olympic Games, but for schoolboys only. \ عَلَى نَفْس الوَتيرة \ even: (of movement) regular; steady: Her heart was not beating evenly. \ عَلَى نَوبات \ fits and starts: in short bursts; starting and stopping: The engine only goes in fits and starts. \ See Also فترات \ عَلَى هذا المُعَدَّل \ at that rate: if those conditions continue: He keeps stopping for a rest; at that rate, he won’t finish the job today. \ عَلَى هذا النَّحْو \ so: in this way; in that way: Don’t shout so!. thus: in this way. \ عَلَى الهَوَاء \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى وَتِيرَة واحدة \ monotonous: (of a voice, a job, a way of life, etc.) dull, never changing and therefore uninteresting. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ \ unusually: (with an adj.) very; strangely: It is unusually cold in here today. \ See Also بشكل غير عاديّ \ عَلَى وَجْهِ التَّقْريب \ roughly: (with numbers and amounts) not exactly; about: roughly 50 trees; roughly a mile away. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ الخُصُوص \ particularly: especially: a particularly nasty smell. \ عَلَى الوَجهِ الصحيح \ duly: properly; as expected: The bill was duly paid. The train duly arrived. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ العُمُوم \ in general: in most cases: Men in general are taller than women. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ ما \ somehow: in some way or other, by some means or other: I’ll pay for it somehow, even if I have to ask someone to lend me the money. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ مُسْتَهْجَن \ oddly: strangely: She behaved very oddly last night. \ عَلَى مِقْدار عِلْمي \ for all I know: as far as I know: For all I know, you may have stolen this. \ عَلَى مَقْرُبةٍ \ near: close to, in position: His house is near my own. \ عَلَى مَقرُبة مِن \ about: around; near There’s a lot of illness about. I went out early, when no one was about (when no one else was out). \ عَلَى مَهْل \ leisurely: without haste: He likes a leisurely walk in the evening. \ عَلَى نَحْو أسوأ \ worse: more bad; more badly: Murder is worse than stealing. It is a worse crime. You write even worse than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ أَفْضَل \ better, well, best: in a better way: He drives better than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْو تامّ \ strictly: exactly: Strictly speaking (If I tell you the exact truth) this ticket is out of date; but I’ll let you travel with it. \ See Also كامل (كامِل) \ عَلَى نَحْو خَطير \ badly: seriously: He was badly wounded. \ عَلَى نَحْو رَخْو \ loosely: in a loose way: a loosely tied knot. \ See Also غير مُحْكَم \ عَلَى نَحْو رَدِيء \ badly: in a bad manner: badly dressed; badly made. \ عَلَى نَحْو صارم \ strictly: very firmly: Smoking in this cinema is strictly forbidden. \ See Also دَقيق \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ right: correctly: You guessed right. \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ rightly: justly; correctly: You acted rightly. \ See Also ملائم (مُلائم) \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ كَامِل \ absolutely: without conditions: You must agree absolutely and not to try to change matters later. \ عَلَى نَحو مألوف \ ordinarily: usually. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُرْضٍ \ well: (the adv. form of the adj. good; see better, best) in a good and pleasing way: Well done! You played very well. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُلحّ \ badly: (with need, want) very much: They need money badly. \ عَلَى وَشْك \ on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. \ عَلَى وَشْك أَنْ \ be about to do sth.: to be ready to do it; be just going to do it: I was about to go when he arrived. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ عَلَى يَد (مِن قِبَل) \ by: (showing who or what did sth.): He was bitten by a dog. \ عَلَى اليدين والرِّجلين \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle. -
6 машинное оборудование
машинное оборудование
термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
- сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
- группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
- взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
[Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]EN
machinery
‘machinery’ means:
— an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
— an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
— interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
[DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]Параллельные тексты EN-RU
3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:
3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:
— machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,
- машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;
— machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,
- медицинские приборы;
— special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,
- специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;
— steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,
- паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;
— machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,
- машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;
— radioactive sources forming part of a machine,
- радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;
— firearms,
- стрелковое оружие;
— storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,
- емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;
— means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,
- транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;
— seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,
- морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;
— cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,
- канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;
— agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),
(1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).-сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);
(1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)— machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,
- машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;
— lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
(i) persons;
(ii) persons and goods;
(iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,- лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
(i) людей;
(ii) людей и имущества;
(iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;— means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,
- транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;
— mine winding gear,
- шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;
— theatre elevators,
- театральные подъемники;
— construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.
- строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.
4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.
4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.
5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).
(2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).
(2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).Article 2
1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.Статья 2
1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.
2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.
3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.
3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.
Article 3
Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.Статья 3
Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.Article 4
1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.Статья 4
1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
требованиям настоящей Директивы.2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.
‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.
"Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.
3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.
Article 5
1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
— machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
— safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.Статья 5
1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
- машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
- компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.
При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.
3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.
Article 6
1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).Статья 6
1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.
The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.
Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:
The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.
The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.
Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.
Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:
Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.
Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.Article 7
1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
— machinery bearing the CE marking, or
— safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.
Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
(a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
(b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
(c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).Статья 7
1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
- машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
- компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.
Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.
Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.
Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).3. Where:
— machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
— a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.3. Если:
- машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
- компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.
4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.
CHAPTER II
CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
Article 8
1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.
In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.Глава II
Процедуры оценки соответствия
Статья 8
1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.
Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
(a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
(b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
(c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
— either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
— submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
— or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
(a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
(b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
(c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
- либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
- представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
- либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.
Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.
В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.
Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.
В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.
5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.
6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
(b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
(b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.
7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.
8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.
8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.
Article 9
1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.Статья 9
1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.
2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.
2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.
3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.
3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.
CHAPTER III
CE MARKING
Article 10
1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.ГЛАВА III
МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
Статья 10
1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.
2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.
3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.
3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".
4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
(a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;
(b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
(a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;
(b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.CHAPTER IV
FINAL PROVISIONS
Article 11
Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.ГЛАВА IV
ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
Статья 11
Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.Article 12
The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.Статья 12
Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.Article 13
1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.
2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.Статья 13
1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.
2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.Тематики
EN
Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > машинное оборудование
-
7 εἰμί
εἰμί (A sum), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἔμμι Sapph.2.15, Theoc.20.32; Cret. [full] ἠμί GDI 4959a; [ per.] 2sg. εἶ, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.εἰς Od.17.388
, al., [dialect] Aeol. ἔσσι, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Dor.ἐσσί Il.1.176
, Pi.O.6.90, Sophr.134; ; [ per.] 3sg. ἐστί, [dialect] Dor.ἐντί IG12(1).677
([place name] Rhodes), Theoc.1.17, etc.; [ per.] 3 dualἐστόν Th.3.112
; [ per.] 1pl. ἐσμέν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰμέν (also in Pi.P.3.60), , [dialect] Dor.εἰμές Theoc.15.73
, but ; [ per.] 3pl. εἰσί ([etym.] - ίν), [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἔασι ([etym.] - ιν) Il.7.73, Xenoph.8.1, Antim.29, Herod.4.84, [dialect] Dor.ἐντί Pi.N.1.24
, Theoc.11.45, IG9(1).32.22 ([place name] Phocis), etc.: imper. ἴσθι (ἔσθι Hecat.361
J.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also in [voice] Med. formἔσσο Od.3.200
, Sapph.1.28, Maced.Pae.31, late Proseἔσο Plu.2.241d
, M.Ant.3.5, Hld.5.12, Porph.Marc.34; [ per.] 3sg. ἔστω (, and late Inscrr., CIG2664, al.; but in Pl.R. 361c leg. ἴτω), [dialect] Dor. εἴτω, ἤτω, Heraclid. ap. Eust.1411.21, Elean ; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστωσαν, butἔστων Hom.
, Pl.R. 502a, , and early [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.22, etc. ( ἔστωσαν first in ii B. C., ib.22.1328), [dialect] Dor. ἐόντων ib.1126: subj. ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, [dialect] Ep.ἔω Od.9.18
; [ per.] 3sg.ἔῃ Il.12.300
,al. (alsoἔῃσι 2.366
, al., ᾖσι ([etym.] ν) 19.202, Hes.Op. 294), also [dialect] Boeot.ἔνθω IG7.3172.165
,μετείω Il.23.47
and perh.εἴῃ 9.245
, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ([place name] Crete), ([place name] Hierapytna), [dialect] Boeot.ἴωνθι IG7.3171.46
(iii B. C.): opt. εἴην, -ης (εἴησθα Thgn.715
), -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, Il.9.284, 142, al., cf. Hdt.7.6; [ per.] 3pl.εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. 1911.133
([place name] Gonni); [ per.] 3 dual , Sph. 243e; [ per.] 1pl. (lyr.), Pl.; [ per.] 2pl.εἶτε Od. 21.195
; [ per.] 3pl.εἶεν Il.2.372
, etc.,εἴησαν Hdt.1.2
, etc.; Elean ἔα, = εἴη, SIG9 (vi B. C.), and σύν-εαν, = συνεῖεν, GDI 1149 (vi B. C.): inf. εἶναι, Arc. (Tegea, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ep. ἔμμεναι (also [dialect] Aeol.ἔμμεν' Sapph.34
), ἔμμεν (also Pi.P.6.42, S.Ant. 623 (lyr.)), ἔμεναι, ἔμεν, also ([place name] Dodona); [dialect] Dor. εἶμεν Foed. ap. Th.5.77,79, IG7.1.7 ([place name] Megara),ἦμεν Test.Epict.5.16
, Tab.Heracl.1.75, Cret. ἦμεν orἤμην Leg.Gort.1.15
, al., GDI4998i 2, al., Megar. ,εἴμειν IG12(1).155.100
([place name] Rhodes), 14.952 ([place name] Agrigentum); εἶν ib. 12(9).211.10 ([place name] Eretria), SIG135.4 ([place name] Olynthus), etc.: part. ὤν, [dialect] Ep. ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Cypr.ἰών Inscr.Cypr.135.23
H.; [dialect] Boeot. fem.ἰῶσα IG 7.3172.116
(Orchom.), [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. fem.ἔσσα Sapph.75.4
, IG4.952.2 (Epid.), Theoc.28.16,ἐοῖσα Pi.P.4.265
,ἔασσα Lyr.Alex.Adesp. 9
, Diotog. ap. Stob.4.7.62,εὖσα Erinn.5.5
(also [dialect] Ion., Herod.5.16,εὔντων 2.85
),ἐᾶσα Ti.Locr.96d
, IG5(1).1470.8 ([place name] Messene),ἴαττα Leg.Gort.8.47
; acc. sg.εὖντα Theoc.2.3
; nom. sg. εἴς in Heraclid. ap. Eust.1756.13, pl.ἔντες Tab.Heracl.1.117
; dat. pl. ἔντασσι ib.104; gen. pl.παρ-έντων Alcm. 64
: [tense] impf.ἦν Il.2.77
, etc., [dialect] Ep. ἔον (also [dialect] Aeol., Alc.127, Sapph.Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 21), in [dialect] Att. ἦ (dub. in [dialect] Aeol., Alc. Supp.14.9), Ar.Pl.77, Pl.Phd. 61b, etc., but usu. altered to ἦν in codd. (and ἦν is required by metre in E. Ion 280), [var] contr. from [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἦα (Il.5.808, al., IG12(8).449.2 ([place name] Thasos), whence Hom.and later [dialect] Ion.ἔᾱ Il.4.321
, al.,ἔας Hdt.1.187
,ἔατε Id.4.119
); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. ἦεν, always with ν in Hom.; ἔην as [ per.] 1sg., only Il.11.762 (s. v.l., al. ἔον), freq. as [ per.] 3sg. (generally before a consonant, so that ἔεν is possible), sts. also ἤην; [ per.] 2sg. ἦσθα, later ἦς (wh. is v.l. in Pi.I.1.26), sts. in LXX (Jd. 11.35, Ru.3.2,al.), cf. Pl.Ax. 365e, Erinn.4.4, Ev.Matt.25.21, al., , [dialect] Ep. ἔησθα; [ per.] 3sg. ἦν, [dialect] Ep. ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (v. supr.), [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.ἦς Alc.Supp.30.1
, Epich.102, Sophr.59, Theoc.2.90, SIG241.145 (Delph.); [ per.] 3 dualἤστην Il.5.10
, E.Hipp. 387, Ar.Eq. 982, Pl.Euthd. 272a, al.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1pl.ἦμες Plu.Lyc.21
; [ per.] 2pl. , , Ec. 1086; [ per.] 3pl. ἦσαν, [dialect] Ion. and Poet. ἔσαν (in Hes.Th. 321, 825, ἦν is not pl. for ἦσαν, but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, v. infr. v, but is [ per.] 3pl. in Epich.46, al., SIG560.15 (Epidamnus, iii B. C.)); [dialect] Aeol. ; later (iii B. C.), SIG527.46 (Crete, iii B. C.), IGRom.4.1740 ([place name] Cyme), always in LXX as Ba.1.19, cf. Ev.Matt.23.30, Plu.2.174a, etc., and sts. in codd. of earlier writers, Lys.7.34, Trag.Adesp. 124 (cited from E. Hel. 931 by Choerob. and from Id.Tr. 474 by Aps.), X.Cyr.6.1.9, Hyp.Ath.26, [ per.] 2sg.ἦσο Epigr.Gr.379
([place name] Aezani), [ per.] 3sg.ἦστο Supp.Epigr. 1.455.7
([place name] Phrygia), [ per.] 1pl.ἤμεθα PPetr.2p.11
(iii B. C.), LXX Ba.1.19, 1 Ki.25.16, Ep.Eph.2.3; subj. (ii B. C.), ἦται GDI 1696, ἦνται prob. in IG5(1).1390.83 ([place name] Andania); [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. also ἔσκον, used by A.Pers. 656 (lyr.): [tense] fut. ἔσομαι, ἔσται, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Aeol. also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσεται; [dialect] Aeol. [ per.] 2sg. ἔσσῃ prob. in Alc.67,87; [dialect] Dor. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἐσσῇ, ἐσσεῖται, Il.2.393, 13.317, Theoc.10.5, [ per.] 3pl. ἐσσοῦνται Foed. ap. Th.5.77 codd. (butἔσσονται Tab.Heracl.1.113
), inf.ἐσσεῖσθαι Sophr.57
.—All forms of the [tense] pres.ind. are enclitic (exc. [ per.] 2sg. εἶ and [ per.] 3pl. ἔασι); but [ per.] 3sg. is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ', Hdn.Gr.1.553 (also μή acc. to EM301.3); later Gramm. wrote ἔστι as Subst. Verb, Phot., Eust.880.22.A as the Subst. Verb,I of persons, exist,οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ' ἔσσεται Od.16.437
; ἔτ' εἰσί they are still in being, 15.433, cf. S.Ph. 445, etc.;τεθνηῶτος.. μηδ' ἔτ' ἐόντος Od.1.289
; οὐκέτ' ἐστί he is no more, E.Hipp. 1162; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long- lived, Il.6.131; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, Th.2.45,44; οἱ ὄντες the living, Plb.9.29.2; ὁ ὤν the Eternal, LXX Ex.3.14, al., Ph.1.289;θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες Il.1.290
; ἐσσόμενοι posterity, 2.119;κἀγὼ γὰρ ἦ ποτ', ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκ εἴμ' ἔτι E.Hec. 284
; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, Pl.Smp. 190c;ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων D.18.72
, cf. Arist.GC 318b25; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Hdt.3.17, etc.; of cities,ὄλωλεν, οὐδ' ἔτ' ἐστὶ Τροία E.Tr. 1292
, cf. Heracl. 491; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, Plu.Cat.Ma.27; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, D.8.17; of money, to be in hand,τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων IG12.91.25
; τὰ ὄντα property, Pl.Grg. 511a, Plu.Ant.24, etc.; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ .. future revenue from.., BCH46.420 (Olymos, i B. C.); of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, Act.Ap.13.1; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, BGU146.4, etc.; in office,ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων PPar.5.4
(ii B. C.); αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.13.1.II of the real world, be, opp. become,γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι Pl.Tht. 152d
, etc.; τὸ ὄν Being, Parm.8.35, Protag.2, Pl.Ti. 27d, etc.; opp. τὸ μὴ ὄν, Gorg.Fr.3 D., etc.;οὐδὲν γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος Epicur.Ep. 1p.5U.
;ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεός LXX 2 Ma.7.28
; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, Heraclit.7, Emp.129.5, etc.; ὄνindecl., τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, Plot.6.2.10.2 of circumstances, events, etc., to happen,τά τ' ἐόντα, τά τ' ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70
;ἡ ἐσβολὴ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι Th.2.13
, etc.; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, Id.4.103; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, Id.1.58;αἱ σπονδαὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ἔσονται Id.4.118
; τί ἐστιν; what is it? what's the matter? Ar.Th. 193; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτο; how came it to pass? Pl.Phd. 58a: repeated with a relat. to avoid a positive assertion, ἔστι δ' ὅπῃ νῦν ἔ. things are as they are, i.e. are ill, A.Ag.67.III be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, Th.1.10; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, Pl.Smp. 211c, cf. Phd. 74b; freq. in part., τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, Hdt.1.95, 116; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth, ib. 30;τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν Th.7.8
; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, S.El. 584, Ar.Ra. 1052; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, Pl.Prt. 328d, etc.; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to Il.6.484), X.HG7.2.9, cf. Pl. La. 196d; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, Hdt.1.97; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, Id.9.11;τοῦ ἐόντος ἀποτεύξεται Hp.VM 2
.IV folld. by the relat., οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one,οὐκ ἔσθ' ὃς.. ἀπαλάλκοι Il.22.348
;οὐκ ἔ. οὐδεὶς ὅς E.El. 903
; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, = οὐδενί, A.Pr. 293 (anap.), cf. 989: freq. in pl., εἰσὶν οἵ, = Lat. sunt qui, used exactly like ἔνιοι, Th.6.88, 7.44, Pl.Men. 77d, Grg. 503a, etc. ( εἰσί τινες οἵ .. Th.3.24); ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, Id.1.12,65;ἐστὶν ἃ εἰπεῖν Id.2.67
;ἦσαν οἵ X.An.5.2.14
; the sg. Verb is used even with masc. and fem. pl., ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, Hp.Fract.1, VC4, X.Cyr.2.3.16; more freq. in oblique cases,ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν Hdt.7.187
;ἐστὶν ἀφ' ὧν Th.8.65
; ἐστὶ παρ' οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, Id.1.23, 5.25: in questions ὅστις is used, ἔστιν ἥντινα δόξαν.. ἀπεκρίνατο; Pl.Men. 85b: with relat. Particles, ἐστὶν ἔνθα, = Lat. est ubi, X.Cyr.7.4.15, etc.; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ' ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, Pl.Prt. 331d, A.Eu. 517, S.OT 448, etc.; in questions expecting a neg. answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπως; Pl.Phlb. 35a, R. 493e, etc.;οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως Pi.Fr.61
, cf. Hdt.7.102, A.Ag. 620; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, Ar. Pax 188;οὐκ ἔ. ὡς Pl. Men. 76e
, etc.; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ' ὅτε, sometimes, Pi.Fr.180.2, S.Aj.56, Th. 7.21, etc.V ἦν is sts. used with pl. masc. and fem., usu. at the beginning of a sentence, there was,τῆς δ' ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί Hes.Th. 321
; (but inἦν δ' ἐρῳδιοί τε πολλοί Epich.46
, cf. 59, al., it may be taken as [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.); (lyr.); ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι Epigr. ap. Aeschin.3.184; less freq.ἔστι, ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ.. ἑπτὰ στάδιοι Hdt.1.26
, cf. 7.34;ἔστι.. ἄρχοντές τε καὶ δῆμος Pl.R. 463a
; before dual Nouns, Ar.V.58, Pl.Grg. 500d.VI ἔστι impers., c. inf., it is possible,ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι Il.20.246
;ἔστι μὲν εὕδειν, ἔστι δὲ τερπομένοισιν ἀκούειν Od. 15.392
; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (sc. πιθέσθαι) 4.193;τοιάδε.. ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι A. Pr. 1055
(anap.);ἔστι τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν X.An.3.2.13
, cf. Ar.Ra. 1163, Aeschin.3.105, D.18.272, Arist.Ath.53.6, etc.; so in imper., opt., and subj.,ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ IG12.10.7
;μυρία ἂν εἴη λέγειν Pl.Plt. 271e
;ὅπως ἂν ᾖ δρᾶν IG2.1054.91
: more freq. in neg. clauses, Il.6.267, etc.; folld. by ὥστε c. inf., S.Ph. 656: c. acc. et inf.,ἁδόντα δ' εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν Pi.P.2.96
;ἔστιν ἐκπεσεῖν ἀρχῆς Δία A.Pr. 757
: sts. not impers. in this sense,θάλασσα δ' οὐκέτ' ἦν ἰδεῖν Id.Pers. 419
.b ἔστω in argument, let it be granted,ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι D.H.Comp.25
;ἔστω σοι τοῦθ' οὕτως Plu.2.987b
; Chr.74.24.B most freq., to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import,τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν Pl.Cra. 398d
; esp. in the phrase τοῦτ' ἔστι, hoc est;Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν Plu.Publ.17
: with numerals, τὰ δὶς πέντε δέκα ἐστίν twice five are ten, X.Mem.4.4.7; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, v. τις; οὐδὲν εἶναι Pl.R. 562d, etc.2 periphr. with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with [tense] pf. part. once in Hom., τετληότες εἰμέν, for τετλήκαμεν, Il.5.873; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, A. Ag. 869; ἔσται δεδορκώς ib. 1179;εἰμὶ γεγώς S.Aj. 1299
;πεφυκός ἐστι Ar.Av. 1473
;δεδρακότες εἰσίν Th.3.68
;κατακεκονότες ἔσεσθε X.An.7.6.36
: with [tense] aor. part., once in Hom.,βλήμενος ἦν Il.4.211
; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσει; S.OT90, 1146, cf. A.Supp. 460: with [tense] pres. part.,ἦν προκείμενον Id.Pers. 371
;φεύγων Ὀρέστης ἐστίν Id.Ch. 136
;εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν S.Aj. 1330
; τί δ' ἐστί.. φέρον; Id.OT 991, cf. 274, 708;λέγων ἐστίν τις E.Hec. 1179
;ἦν τίς σ' ὑβρίζων Id.HF 313
;πόρρω ἤδη εἶ πορευόμενος Pl.Ly. 204b
;βαδίζων εἰμί Ar.Ra. 36
; freq. in Hdt.,ἦσαν ἱέντες 1.57
, al.; evenεἰσὶ διάφοροι ἐόντες 3.49
(s.v.l.):— if the Art. is joined with the Part., the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, Id.1.171;αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798
;δόλος ἦν ὁ φράσας S.El. 197
(anap.).C εἶναι is freq. modified in sense by the addition of Advbs., or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps.:I εἶναι with Advbs., where the Adv. often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate,ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι Il.14.122
, etc.; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent, 4.22, Od.2.82;σῖγα πᾶς ἔστω λεώς E.Hec. 532
;διαγνῶναι χαλεπῶς ἦν ἄνδρα ἕκαστον Il.7.424
; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, Hdt.4.134; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, Th.6.88, Pl.Prt. 356e: freq. impers. with words implying good or ill fortune, Κουρήτεσσι κακῶς ἦν it fared ill with them, Il.9.551;εὖ γὰρ ἔσται E.Med.89
, cf. Ar.Pl. 1188, etc.;ἡδέως ἂν αὐτοῖς εἴη D.59.30
.II c. gen., to express descent or extraction,πατρὸς δ' εἴμ' ἀγαθοῖο Il.21.109
;αἵματός εἰς ἀγαθοῖο Od. 4.611
, cf. Hdt.3.71, Th.2.71, etc.;πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ X.An.7.3.19
.b to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of.., Hdt.1.93; τῆς πόλιος ἐούσης δύο φαρσέων ib. 186; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of.., Id.5.92.ή, etc.c to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, Ar.Pl. 345;ἐτύγχανε βουλῆς ὤν Th.3.70
; ;Κριτίας τῶν τριάκοντα ὤν X.Mem.1.2.31
; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, D.2.2.d to express that a thing belongs to another,Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν A.Ag. 269
;τὸ πεδίον ἦν μέν κοτε Χορασμίων Hdt.3.117
, etc.: hence, to be of the party of,ἦσαν.. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου D.9.56
, cf. 37.53; to be de pendent upon, S.Ant. 737, etc.; to be at the mercy of,ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ Id.OT 917
.e to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like , οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, A.Ag. 940;τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16
; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, Th.1.142, cf.83.f in LXX, to be occupied about,ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν 2 Ch.30.17
; ἔσεσθαι, c. gen., to be about to,ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε 2 Ki.10.11
.2 with two dats., σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, Hdt.5.84;μηδὲν εἶναι σοὶ καὶ φιλίππῳ πρᾶγμα D.18.283
; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστι; Hdt.5.33; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάνῳ; D.29.36; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί; Lat. quid tecum est mihi? Ev.Marc.5.7, etc.; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (sc. ἐστίν) Isoc.4.12; ; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, JHS18.113, etc.3 with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc., added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, Il.14.108;οὐκ ἂν σφίσι βουλομένοις εἶναι Th.7.35
;προσδεχομένῳ Id.6.46
; (lyr.); .IV with Preps., εἶναι ἀπό τινος, = εἶναί τινος (supr. 11.a), X.Mem.1.6.9;εἰσὶν ἀπ' ἐναντίων αὗται πραγμάτων Pl.Phlb. 12d
; but εἶναι ἀπ' οἴκου to be away from.., Th.1.99.2 εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ' ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, Il.21.154, 24.397, etc.; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, Pl.Sph. 256d.3 εἶναι ἐν .. to be in a certain state,ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι Hdt.1.22
; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc., Th.6.46, etc.;ἐν ταραχαῖς D.18.218
; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, Th.1.130; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, Hdt.3.18, etc.; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in.., S.OT 562, Pl.Phd. 59a.b ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, Hdt.6.109, S.Ph. 963;ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; so also , X.Cyr.1.6.2, etc.4 εἶναι διά .., much like εἶναι ἐν .., εἶναι διὰ φόβου, = φοβεῖσθαι, Th.6.34; εἶναι δι' ὄχλου, = ὀχληρὸν εἶναι, Id.1.73;εἶναι διὰ μόχθων X.Cyr.1.6.25
; εἶναι δι' αἰτίας, = αἰτιᾶσθαι, D.H.1.70; Geom., pass through,διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου Archim.Con.Sph.20
.5 εἶναι ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, D.25.23; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, Id.39.21; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in.., Id.2.12; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, Id.6.33; εἶναι ἐφ' ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, X.An.4.6.11; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, Apollon. Perg.Con.4.1; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, v. supr. 3 b.6 εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, Th.4.10,29, etc.; to suit, X.An. 1.2.11, etc.; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, Pl.Phd. 84c, Philostr.VA5.31; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, Arist.Pol. 1309a6, Ath.16.3;εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κωλύειν Plb.1.26.3
; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν Telesp.46 H.;εἶναι περί τι X.An.3.5.7
, etc.7 εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, Id.Cyr.6.2.15, Hdt.8.140.ά (s.v.l.).8 εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to.., X.HG5.2.17 (s.v.l.), 6.2.4.9 περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, Men.Epit.30.10 εἶναι ἀπό .., in Geom., to be constructed upon, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.9, Con.Sph.7.D ἐστί is very freq. omitted, mostly in the [tense] pres. ind. before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc., and after the neut. of Verbals in - τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less freq. with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, S.OT92, Aj. 813; εἶ, Od.4.206; ἐσμέν, S.Ant. 634; ἐστέ, Od.10.463; εἰσί, S.OT 499 (lyr.), IG2.778 B; subj. ᾖ, Il.14.376, E.Hipp. 659, Antipho 5.32; opt. εἴη, IG22.1183.12; [tense] impf. ἦν, ib.2.778 B; [tense] fut. ἔσονται, Od.14.394.E the Inf. freq. seems redundant,1 in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (v. ἑκών)κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι Is.2.32
;εἰς δύναμιν εἶναι Pl.Plt. 300c
; τὸ ἐπ' ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, Th.8.48, X.HG3.5.9, cf. Lys.13.58;τὸ ἐπὶ σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
;τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι X.An.1.6.9
;κατὰ τοῦτο εἶναι Pl.Prt. 317a
; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, Id.Cra. 396e, La. 201c, Theopomp. Com.98, Decr. ap. Arist.Ath.31.2, etc.2 after Verbs of naming or choosing, ;σύμμαχόν μιν εἵλοντο εἶναι Hdt.8.134
; of giving,δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι Il. 11.20
.F [tense] impf. ἦνissts. used where other languages take the [tense] pres.,1 after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου.. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is.., Hdt.4.64;Κύπρις οὐκ ἄρ' ἦν θεός E. Hipp. 359
; ὡς ἄρ' ἦσθ' ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς ib. 1169;ἦ πολύμοχθον ἄρ' ἦν γένος.. ἁμερίων Id.IA 1330
;ἦ στωμύλος ἦσθα Theoc.5.79
; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦν; what is this? Ar.Ach. 157, cf. Pl.Cra. 387c: so in the Aristotelian formula τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι (APo.82b38, al.), used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dat. in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, APr.67b12, de An.429b10.G ἐγώ εἰμι, in LXX, pleonastic forἐγώ, ἐγώ εἰμι οὐχ ἥμαρτον Jd. 11.27
, cf. 6.18; alsoἔσται πᾶς ἀποκτενεῖ με Ge.4.14
. -
8 carrera
f.1 race.carreras races, racing¿echamos una carrera? shall we race each other?carrera armamentística o de armamentos arms racecarrera de caballos horse racecarrera de coches motor racela carrera espacial the space racecarrera de fondo long-distance racecarrera de obstáculos steeplechasecarrera de relevos relay (race)2 university course (estudios).hacer la carrera de derecho/físicas to study law/physics (at university)cuando acabes la carrera when you finish your studies3 career.4 route (trayecto).5 ride.¿cuánto es la carrera a la estación? what's the fare to the station?6 ladder (British), run (United States).7 stroke (Tec) (de émbolo).8 run.9 parting (en el pelo). (Colombian Spanish, Mexican Spanish, Venezuelan Spanish)10 run in stocking, run in hose, run, ladder.11 travel, sliding gap.* * *1 (acción) run3 (camino) road4 DEPORTE race5 (estudios) degree course, university education■ ¿qué carrera hiciste? what did you study at University?, US what did you major in?6 (profesión) career7 (de media) ladder, US run8 (calle) street, avenue\a la carrera in a hurrydar carrera a alguien to pay for somebody's studiesdarse una carrera to hurry, run as fast as one cande carrera figurado parrot fashionhacer carrera figurado to get onhacer carrera en la vida figurado to succeed in lifehacer la carrera eufemístico to walk the streetsno poder hacer carrera con/de alguien not to be able to do a thing with somebody■ Mariano es muy cabezota y no se puede hacer carrera de él Mariano is so stubborn that you can't get anywhere with himtomar carrera to take a runcarrera contra reloj race against the clockcarrera de armamentos / carrera armamentística arms racecarrera de caballos horse racecarrera de coches / carrera de automóviles car racecarrera de fondo long-distance racecarrera de medio fondo middle-distance racecarrera de relevos relay racecarrera de vallas hurdle racecarrera diplomática diplomatic career* * *noun f.1) run2) race3) course4) career* * *SF1) (=acción) (tb Béisbol) runtuvimos que pegarnos una carrera para no perder el tren — we had to run for it so as not to miss the train
emprendí una loca carrera en dirección a la salida — I made a mad dash o rush for the exit
¿nos echamos una carrera hasta el muro? — race you to the wall!
nos fuimos de una carrera y llegamos en cinco minutos — we ran for it o rushed over and got there in five minutes
tuvo que hacer el trabajo a la carrera — he had to rush through the job o do the job in a rush
2) (=competición) racecarrera armamentista, carrera armamentística — arms race
carrera contrarreloj — (lit) time trial; (fig) race against time
carrera corta — dash, sprint
carrera de ensacados — Cono Sur sack race
la Carrera de Indias — ( Hist) the Indies run
carrera de obstáculos — (Atletismo, Equitación) steeplechase; [para niños] obstacle race
carrera de relevos — relay, relay race
carrera de vallas — (Atletismo) hurdles; (Equitación) steeplechase
3) (tb: carrera universitaria) (university) courseno sabe qué hará cuando termine la carrera — he doesn't know what he'll do after university o when he finishes his course
•
dar carrera a algn — to pay sb through college•
hacer una carrera, estoy haciendo la carrera de Económicas — I'm doing a degree in economics•
tener carrera — to have a (university) degree4) (tb: carrera profesional) careerse encuentra en uno de los momentos más difíciles de su carrera política — this is one of the most difficult moments of her political career
•
diplomático de carrera — career diplomat•
hacer carrera — to advance one's career, pursue a careerquiso hacer carrera en el partido — he tried to pursue a career o advance his career in the party
no hago carrera con este niño — I can't make any headway o I'm getting nowhere with this child
carrera artística — [de actor] career as an actor; [de pintor, escultor] artistic career
carrera literaria — literary career, career as a writer
carrera militar — career as a soldier, military career
carrera política — political career, career as a politician
5) [en medias] run, ladder6) (=recorrido) [de desfile] route; [de taxi] ride, journey; [de barco] run, route; [de estrella, planeta] course7) (=avenida) avenue8) (Mec) [de émbolo] stroke; [de válvula] lift9) (=hilera) row, line; [de ladrillos] course10) (=viga) beam, rafter11) (Mús) run* * *1) (Dep) ( competición) racete echo or (RPl) te juego una carrera — I'll race you
2)a) (fam) ( corrida)tendremos que echar una carrera si queremos alcanzar el tren — we'll have to run if we want to catch the train (colloq)
darse or pegarse una carrera — to run as fast as one can
me fui de una carrera a su casa — I tore o raced o rushed round to her house (colloq)
a la(s) carrera(s): siempre anda a la(s) carrera(s) she's always in a hurry o rush; hice la última parte a la(s) carrera(s) — I really rushed through the last part
b) (Esp fam)hacer la carrera — to turn tricks (AmE sl), to be on the game (BrE sl)
3)a) (Educ) degree courseseguir or hacer una carrera universitaria — to do a degree course, to study for a degree
dejó la carrera a medias — he dropped out halfway through college (AmE) o (BrE) university
les dieron (una) carrera a sus hijos — they put their children through college (AmE) o (BrE) university
b) (profesión, trayectoria) careerun diplomático/militar de carrera — a career diplomat/officer
no poder hacer carrera de or con alguien: no puedo hacer carrera de este hijo mío — I can't do a thing with this son of mine
4) ( recorrido)a) ( de taxi) ride, journeyb) (AmL) ( en baloncesto)5) ( en la media) run, ladder (BrE); ( en el pelo) (Col, Ven) part (AmE), parting (BrE)6) ( en nombres de calles) street* * *1) (Dep) ( competición) racete echo or (RPl) te juego una carrera — I'll race you
2)a) (fam) ( corrida)tendremos que echar una carrera si queremos alcanzar el tren — we'll have to run if we want to catch the train (colloq)
darse or pegarse una carrera — to run as fast as one can
me fui de una carrera a su casa — I tore o raced o rushed round to her house (colloq)
a la(s) carrera(s): siempre anda a la(s) carrera(s) she's always in a hurry o rush; hice la última parte a la(s) carrera(s) — I really rushed through the last part
b) (Esp fam)hacer la carrera — to turn tricks (AmE sl), to be on the game (BrE sl)
3)a) (Educ) degree courseseguir or hacer una carrera universitaria — to do a degree course, to study for a degree
dejó la carrera a medias — he dropped out halfway through college (AmE) o (BrE) university
les dieron (una) carrera a sus hijos — they put their children through college (AmE) o (BrE) university
b) (profesión, trayectoria) careerun diplomático/militar de carrera — a career diplomat/officer
no poder hacer carrera de or con alguien: no puedo hacer carrera de este hijo mío — I can't do a thing with this son of mine
4) ( recorrido)a) ( de taxi) ride, journeyb) (AmL) ( en baloncesto)5) ( en la media) run, ladder (BrE); ( en el pelo) (Col, Ven) part (AmE), parting (BrE)6) ( en nombres de calles) street* * *carrera11 = race.Ex: Equality of opportunity is a myth: whilst some people start the race highly trained and wearing spikes others have balls and chains attached to their ankles and wear hobnailed boots = La igualdad de oportunidades es un mito: mientras que algunas personas empiezan la carrera muy preparados y llevan zapatillas de clavos, otras arrastran grilletes y cadenas en sus tobillos y llevan botas con clavos.
* bicicleta de carreras = racing bike.* bici de carreras = racing bike.* carrera a pie = foot race.* carrera armamentista, la = arms race, the.* carrera contra el tiempo = race against time, race against the clock.* carrera contra reloj = race against time, race against the clock.* carrera de coches improvisados sin motor = soapbox derby race, soapbox derby.* carrera de entrenamiento = training run.* carrera de motocross = motocross race.* carrera de motos = motorcycle racing.* carrera de obstáculos = steeplechase.* carrera de relevos = relay race, relay race.* carrera de sacos = sack race, potato sack race.* carrera de tres piernas = three-legged race, three-legged race.* carrera informal = fun run.* carrera pedestre = foot race.* carrera presidencial = presidential race.* carreras = racing.* carreras de caballos = horse-racing.* carreras de galgos = greyhound racing.* circuito de carreras = race track.* coche de carreras = competition car.* corredor de carreras = race driver.carrera22 = career, career pattern, course of study.Ex: She began her career at Central Missouri State University where she was Head of the Documents Depository.
Ex: Non-traditional career patterns include part-time work; job share, flexitime, freelance and services by consultants and information brokers.Ex: The notion that a course of study, whether academic or vocational/technical, prepares a person for a lifetime career is outdated and dangerous.* avanzar en una carrera profesional = further + a career.* carrera académica = academic career.* carrera política = political career.* carrera profesional = career choice, professional career.* carrera universitaria = university career, degree programme, academic major.* primer año de carrera = freshman year.* * *A ( Dep) (competición) racecarrera de caballos horse racelas carreras the racesla carrera de los 100 metros vallas the 100 meters hurdlescarrera ciclista cycle racetodavía quedan en carrera 124 competidores there are still 124 competitors in the racete echo or ( RPl) te juego una carrera I'll race youCompuestos:● carrera armamentista or armamentísticaarms race( Dep) time trialuna carrera contra reloj para salvar el monumento a race against time o against the clock to save the monumentarms race( Col) sack race( RPl) sack race( Chi) sack racelong-distance racepursuit racerelay racerallylong-distance racesack racethree-legged racesulky o harness racespace racefootracefun runfpl gaucho horse races (pl)B1 ( fam)(corrida): tendremos que echar una carrera si queremos alcanzar el tren we'll have to get moving o get a move on if we want to catch the train ( colloq)me fui de una carrera a casa de la abuela I tore o raced o rushed round to my grandmother's house ( colloq)a la carreraor a las carreras: siempre anda a las carreras she's always in a hurry o rushse llevó el dinero y huyó a la carrera he took the money and ranhice la última parte a las carreras I really rushed through the last parttomar carrera to take a run-up2hace la carrera por las Ramblas she works her beat o turns tricks along the Ramblas (sl)C1 ( Educ) degree courseseguir or hacer una carrera universitaria to do a degree course, to study for a degreeestá haciendo la carrera de Derecho he's doing a degree in law o a law degreetiene la carrera de Físicas she has a degree in physicscuando termine la carrera piensa colocarse de profesora when she finishes her studies o degree o when she graduates she intends to get a job as teacherdejó la carrera a medias he dropped out halfway through college ( AmE), he dropped out halfway through university o through his degree course ( BrE)muy pocos podían dar carrera a sus hijos very few people could afford to put their children through college ( AmE) o ( BrE) university2 (profesión, trayectoria) careeres una mujer de carrera she's a career womanun diplomático/militar de carrera a career diplomat/officerhizo su carrera en el cuerpo diplomático he pursued a career in the diplomatic corpshacer carrera to carve out a careerempieza a hacer carrera en el cine she is beginning to make a name for herself in moviesno poder hacer carrera de or con algn: no puedo hacer carrera de este hijo mío I can't do a thing with this son of mineCompuestos:1 (de taxi) ride, journeyel importe de la carrera hasta el aeropuerto the fare to the airport2 (de un desfile) route3 ( Astron) course4Compuestos:upstrokedownstrokeE¿de qué lado te haces la carrera? which side do you part your hair on?G2 (en Col) street ( which runs from north to south)* * *
carrera sustantivo femenino
1 (Dep) ( competición) race;
la carrera de los 100 metros vallas the 100 meters hurdles;
te echo una carrera I'll race you;
carrera de armamentos arms race;
carrera contra reloj (Dep) time trial;
carrera de fondo long-distance race;
carrera de postas o relevos relay race
2 (fam) ( corrida): darse or pegarse una carrera to run as fast as one can;◊ me fui de una carrera a su casa I raced o rushed round to her house (colloq);
a la(s) carrera(s) in a rush
3a) (Educ) degree course;
carrera media/superior three-year/five-year university course
4 ( en la media) run, ladder (BrE);
( en el pelo) (Col, Ven) part (AmE), parting (BrE)
carrera sustantivo femenino
1 (en una media) run, ladder
2 (competición) race: te echo una carrera, I'll race you
carrera contrarreloj, race against the clock
carrera de armamentos, arms race
(de caballos) horse race
3 (estudios universitarios) degree
carrera técnica, technical degree
4 (profesión) career, profession
5 (trayecto en taxi) journey
♦ Locuciones: a la carrera, in a hurry
' carrera' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abandonar
- acabar
- año
- antepenúltima
- antepenúltimo
- comprometer
- conquistar
- cumbre
- disputar
- Ecuador
- hacer
- obstáculo
- plenitud
- relevo
- rutilante
- sprint
- terminar
- trayectoria
- truncar
- ventaja
- vivir
- abandono
- accidentado
- acortar
- ascender
- auge
- auto
- automovilístico
- cima
- clasificar
- contrarreloj
- cross
- culminación
- culminante
- descolgar
- diplomacia
- diplomático
- eliminatoria
- encabezar
- enfermería
- estudiar
- fondo
- huincha
- largar
- llenar
- magisterio
- mentalizar
- participante
- peleado
- regata
English:
academic
- arms race
- blow
- career
- chequered
- circuit
- climax
- clock
- competitor
- course
- dash
- exert
- fall behind
- fortuitous
- fourth
- grandstand
- grueling
- gruelling
- hesitation
- high
- horse
- ladder
- leg
- mad
- obstacle race
- outright
- peak
- prep
- promising
- race
- relay
- run
- sack race
- scramble
- start
- stay
- steeplechase
- win
- drop
- early
- graduate
- hold
- junior
- late
- low
- move
- part
- parting
- professional
- racing
* * *carrera nftuve que dar una carrera para atrapar el autobús I had to run to catch the bus;a la carrera [corriendo] running, at a run;[rápidamente] fast, quickly; [alocadamente] hastily;ir a un sitio de una carrera to run somewhere;2. [competición] race;carreras races, racing;un caballo de carreras a racehorse;un coche de carreras a racing car;sólo quedan diez motos en carrera only ten motorbikes are left in the race;echaron una carrera hasta la puerta they raced each other to the door;¿echamos una carrera? shall we race each other?;varias empresas han entrado en la carrera por ganar el concurso a number of firms have joined the race to win the competitioncarrera armamentística arms race;carrera de armamentos arms race;carrera de caballos horse race;me gustan las carreras de caballos I like horseracing;carrera ciclista cycle race;carrera contrarreloj [en ciclismo] time trial;Fig race against the clock; RP carrera de embolsados sack race; Méx carrera de encostalados sack race;la carrera espacial the space race;carrera por etapas [en ciclismo] stage race;carrera de fondo long-distance race;carrera de fondo en carretera [en ciclismo] road race;carrera de galgos greyhound race;carrera hípica horse race;carrera de medio fondo middle-distance race;carrera de motos motorcycle race;me gustan las carreras de motos I like motorcycle racing;carrera de obstáculos steeplechase;Figeste proyecto se ha convertido en una carrera de obstáculos it has been one problem after another with this project;carrera popular fun run;carrera de relevos relay (race);carrera de sacos sack race;carrera de vallas hurdles race;carrera de velocidad [en atletismo] sprint3. [en béisbol, críquet] runcarrera completa home run4. [estudios] university course;hacer la carrera de derecho/físicas to study law/physics (at university);tengo la carrera de Medicina I'm a medicine graduate, I have a degree in medicine;¿qué piensas hacer cuando acabes la carrera? what do you want to do when you finish your studies?;darle (una) carrera a alguien to pay for sb's studies;Fam Fig¡vaya carrera lleva tu hijo! your son's got quite a record!carrera media = three-year university course (as opposed to normal five-year course);carrera superior = university course lasting five or six years;carrera técnica applied science degree5. [profesión] career;eligió la carrera de las armas she decided to join the army;de carrera [de profesión] career;es diplomático/militar de carrera he's a career diplomat/soldier;hacer carrera [triunfar] to get on;está haciendo carrera en el mundo periodístico she's carving out a career for herself as a journalist;Espcon estos niños tan rebeldes no se puede hacer carrera you can't do anything with these badly behaved children6. CompFamhacer la carrera [prostituirse] to walk the streets7. [trayecto] route8. [de taxi] ride;¿cuánto es la carrera a la estación? what's the fare to the station?9. [en medias] Br ladder, US run;10. [calle] street, = name of certain streets11. Náut routeHist la Carrera de (las) Indias the Indies run, = trade route between Seville and Spain's American colonies12. Astron course13. [hilera] row, line;[de ladrillos] course carrera ascendente upstroke;carrera de compresión compression stroke;carrera descendente downstroke15. Arquit girder, beam16. Col, Méx, Ven [en el pelo] Br parting, US part17. RP [tejido] row* * *f1 race;hacer la carrera famde prostituta turn tricks fam, Brbe on the game fam2 EDU degree course;dar carrera a alguien put s.o. through college, Br put s.o. through university3 profesional career;hacer carrera pursue a career;militar de carrera professional soldier4 en béisbol run5 Méxen el pelo part, Brparting* * *carrera nf1) : run, runninga la carrera: at full speedde carrera: hastily2) : race3) : course of study4) : career, profession5) : run (in baseball)* * *carrera n1. (competición deportiva) race¿quién ha ganado la carrera? who won the race?2. (estudios universitarios) degree3. (profesión) careertuvo mucho éxito a lo largo de su carrera de cantante he was very successful during his singing career4. (en una media) ladder -
9 adeo
1.ăd-ĕo, ĭī, and rarely īvi, ĭtum (arch. adirier for adiri, Enn. Rib. Trag. p. 59), 4, v. n. and a. (acc. to Paul. ex Fest. should be accented a/deo; v. Fest. s. v. adeo, p. 19 Müll.; cf. the foll. word), to go to or approach a person or thing (syn.: accedo, aggredior, advenio, appeto).I.Lit.A.In gen., constr.(α).With ad (very freq.): sed tibi cautim est adeundum ad virum, Att. ap. Non. 512, 10:(β).neque eum ad me adire neque me magni pendere visu'st,
Plaut. Cur. 2, 2, 12:adeamne ad eam?
Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; id. Eun. 3, 5, 30: aut ad consules aut ad te aut ad Brutum adissent, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. 208, 5:ad M. Bibulum adierunt, id. Fragm. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: ad aedis nostras nusquam adiit,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 24:adibam ad istum fundum,
Cic. Caec. 29 —With in: priusquam Romam atque in horum conventum adiretis, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 11, § 26 ed. Halm.—Esp.: adire in jus, to go to law:(γ).cum ad praetorem in jus adissemus,
Cic. Verr. 4, § 147; id. Att. 11, 24; Caes. B. C. 1, 87, and in the Plebiscit. de Thermens. lin. 42: QVO DE EA RE IN IOVS ADITVM ERIT, cf. Dirks., Versuche S. p. 193.—Absol.:(δ).adeunt, consistunt, copulantur dexteras,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 2, 38:eccum video: adibo,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 5.—With acc.:B.ne Stygeos adeam non libera manes,
Ov. M. 13, 465:voces aetherias adiere domos,
Sil. 6, 253:castrorum vias,
Tac. A. 2, 13:municipia,
id. ib. 39:provinciam,
Suet. Aug. 47:non poterant adire eum,
Vulg. Luc. 8, 19:Graios sales carmine patrio,
to attain to, Verg. Cat. 11, 62; so with latter supine:planioribus aditu locis,
places easier to approach, Liv. 1, 33.—With local adv.:quoquam,
Sall. J. 14:huc,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 60.—Esp.,1.To approach one for the purpose of addressing, asking aid, consulting, and the like, to address, apply to, consult (diff. from aggredior, q. v.). —Constr. with ad or oftener with acc.; hence also pass.:2.quanto satius est, adire blandis verbis atque exquaerere, sintne illa, etc.,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 35:aliquot me adierunt,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 2:adii te heri de filia,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 9: cum pacem peto, cum placo, cum adeo, et cum appello meam, Lucil. ap. Non. 237, 28:ad me adire quosdam memini, qui dicerent,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10:coram adire et alloqui,
Tac. H. 4, 65.— Pass.:aditus consul idem illud responsum retulit,
when applied to, Liv. 37, 6 fin.:neque praetores adiri possent,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5.—Hence: adire aliquem per epistulam, to address one in writing, by a letter:per epistulam, aut per nuntium, quasi regem, adiri eum aiunt,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 9 and 10; cf. Tac. A. 4, 39; id. H. 1, 9.—So also: adire deos, aras, deorum sedes, etc., to approach the gods, their altars, etc., as a suppliant (cf.:acced. ad aras,
Lucr. 5, 1199): quoi me ostendam? quod templum adeam? Att. ap. Non. 281, 6:ut essent simulacra, quae venerantes deos ipsos se adire crederent,
Cic. N. D. 1, 27:adii Dominum et deprecatus sum,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21:aras,
Cic. Phil. 14, 1:sedes deorum,
Tib. 1, 5, 39:libros Sibyllinos,
to consult the Sibylline Books, Liv. 34, 55; cf. Tac. A. 1, 76:oracula,
Verg. A. 7, 82.—To go to a thing in order to examine it, to visit:3.oppida castellaque munita,
Sall. J. 94:hiberna,
Tac. H. 1, 52.—To come up to one in a hostile manner, to assail, attack:II.aliquem: nunc prior adito tu, ego in insidiis hic ero,
Ter. Ph. 1, 4, 52:nec quisquam ex agmine tanto audet adire virum,
Verg. A. 5, 379:Servilius obvia adire arma jubetur,
Sil. 9, 272.Fig.A.To go to the performance of any act, to enter upon, to undertake, set about, undergo, submit to (cf.: accedo, aggredior, and adorior).—With ad or the acc. (class.):B.nunc eam rem vult, scio, mecum adire ad pactionem,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 25:tum primum nos ad causas et privatas et publicas adire coepimus,
Cic. Brut. 90:adii causas oratorum, id. Fragm. Scaur. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: adire ad rem publicam,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 24, 70:ad extremum periculum,
Caes. B. C. 2, 7.—With acc.:periculum capitis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38:laboribus susceptis periculisque aditis,
id. Off. 1, 19:in adeundis periculis,
id. ib. 24; cf.:adeundae inimicitiae, subeundae saepe pro re publica tempestates,
id. Sest. 66, 139: ut vitae periculum aditurus videretur, Auct. B. G. 8, 48: maximos labores et summa pericula. Nep. Timol. 5:omnem fortunam,
Liv. 25, 10:dedecus,
Tac. A. 1, 39:servitutem voluntariam,
id. G. 24:invidiam,
id. A. 4, 70:gaudia,
Tib. 1, 5, 39.—Hence of an inheritance, t. t., to enter on:cum ipse hereditatem patris non adisses,
Cic. Phil. 2, 16; so id. Arch. 5; Suet. Aug. 8 and Dig.;hence also: adire nomen,
to assume the name bequeathed by will, Vell. 2, 60.—Adire manum alicui, prov., to deceive one, to make sport of (the origin of this phrase is unc.; Acidalius conjectures that it arose from some artifice practised in wrestling, Wagner ad Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 8):2.eo pacto avarae Veneri pulcre adii manum,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 11; so id. Aul. 2, 8, 8; id. Cas. 5, 2, 54; id. Pers. 5, 2, 18.ăd-ĕō̆, adv. [cf. quoad and adhuc] (acc. to Festus, it should be accented adéo, v. the preced. word; but this distinction is merely a later invention of the grammarians; [p. 33] cf. Gell. 7, 7).I.In the ante-class. per.,A.To designate the limit of space or time, with reference to the distance passed through; hence often accompanied by usque (cf. ad), to this, thus far, so far, as far.1.Of space:2.surculum artito usque adeo, quo praeacueris,
fit in the scion as far as you have sharpened it, Cato, R. R. 40, 3.— Hence: res adeo rediit, the affair has gone so far (viz., in deterioration, “cum aliquid pejus exspectatione contigit,” Don. ad Ter. Ph. 1, 2, 5):postremo adeo res rediit: adulescentulus saepe eadem et graviter audiendo victus est,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 61; cf. id. Ph. 1, 2, 5.—Of time, so long ( as), so long ( till), strengthened by usque, and with dum, donec, following, and in Cic. with quoad:B.merces vectatum undique adeo dum, quae tum haberet, peperisset bona,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 76; 3, 4, 72; id. Am. 1, 2, 10 al.:nusquam destitit instare, suadere, orare, usque adeo donec perpulit,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 36; Cato, R. R. 67; id. ib. 76:atque hoc scitis omnes usque adeo hominem in periculo fuisse, quoad scitum sit Sestium vivere,
Cic. Sest. 38, 82.—For the purpose of equalizing two things in comparison, followed by ut: in the same degree or measure or proportion... in which; or so very, so much, so, to such a degree... as (only in comic poets), Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 38:C.adeon hominem esse invenustum aut infelicem quemquam, ut ego sum?
Ter. And. 1, 5, 10.—Also followed by quasi, when the comparison relates to similarity:gaudere adeo coepit, quasi qui cupiunt nuptias,
in the same manner as those rejoice who desire marriage, Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 12.—(Only in the comic poets) = ad haec, praeterea, moreover, besides, too: ibi tibi adeo lectus dabitur, ubi tu haud somnum capias ( beside the other annoyances), a bed, too, shall be given you there, etc., Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 80.—Hence also with etiam:D.adeo etiam argenti faenus creditum audio,
besides too, id. Most. 3, 1, 101.—(Only in the comic poets.) Adeo ut, for this purpose that, to the end that:E.id ego continuo huic dabo, adeo me ut hic emittat manu,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 32:id adeo te oratum advenio, ut, etc.,
id. Aul. 4, 10, 9:adeo ut tu meam sententiam jam jam poscere possis, faciam, etc.,
id. ib. 3, 2, 26 (where Wagner now reads at ut):atque adeo ut scire possis, factum ego tecum hoc divido,
id. Stich. 5, 4, 15. (These passages are so interpreted by Hand, I. p. 138; others regard adeo here = quin immo.)—In narration, in order to put one person in strong contrast with another. It may be denoted by a stronger emphasis upon the word to be made conspicuous, or by yet, on the contrary, etc.:II.jam ille illuc ad erum cum advenerit, narrabit, etc.: ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,
Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 4 sq.; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 8 al.To the Latin of every period belongs the use of this word,A.To give emphasis to an idea in comparison, so, so much, so very, with verbs, adjectives, and substantives:B.adeo ut spectare postea omnīs oderit,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 65:neminem quidem adeo infatuare potuit, ut ei nummum ullum crederet,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:adeoque inopia est coactus Hannibal, ut, etc.,
Liv. 22, 32, 3 Weiss.:et voltu adeo modesto, adeo venusto, ut nil supra,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 92:nemo adeo ferus est, ut, etc.,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 39.—With usque:adeo ego illum cogam usque, ut mendicet meus pater,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 10:usque adeo turbatur,
even so much, so continually, Verg. E. 1, 12; Curt. 10, 1, 42; Luc. 1, 366.—In questions:adeone me fuisse fungum, ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49:adeone hospes hujus urbis, adeone ignarus es disciplinae consuetudinisque nostrae, ut haec nescias?
Cic. Rab. 10, 28; so id. Phil. 2, 7, 15; id. Fam. 9, 10; Liv. 2, 7, 10; 5, 6, 4.—With a negative in both clauses, also with quin in the last:non tamen adeo virtutum sterile saeculum, ut non et bona exempla prodiderit,
Tac. H. 1, 3; so Suet. Oth. 9:verum ego numquam adeo astutus fui, quin, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 13.—Sometimes the concluding clause is to be supplied from the first: quis genus Aeneadum, quis Trojae nesciat urbem?... non obtusa adeo gestamus pectora Poeni, viz.,
that we know not the Trojans and their history, Verg. A. 1, 565:adeo senuerunt Juppiter et Mars?
Juv. 6, 59.—Hence (post-Cic.): adeo non ut... adeo nihil ut... so little that, so far from that... (in reference to which, it should be noticed that in Latin the negative is blended with the verb in one idea, which is qualified by adeo) = tantum abest ut: haec dicta adeo nihil moverunt quemquam, ut legati prope violati sint, these words left them all so unmoved that, etc., or had so little effect, etc., Liv. 3, 2, 7: qui adeo non tenuit iram, ut gladio cinctum in senatum venturum se esse palam diceret, who restrained his anger so little that, etc. (for, qui non—tenuit iram adeo, ut), id. 8, 7, 5; so 5, 45, 4; Vell. 2, 66, 4: Curt. 3, 12, 22.—Also with contra in the concluding clause:apud hostes Afri et Carthaginienses adeo non sustinebant, ut contra etiam pedem referrent,
Liv. 30, 34, 5. —Adeo is placed enclitically after its word, like quidem, certe, and the Gr. ge, even, indeed, just, precisely. So,1.Most freq. with pronouns, in order to render prominent something before said, or foll., or otherwise known (cf. in Gr. egôge, suge, autos ge, etc., Viger. ed. Herm. 489, vi. and Zeun.): argentariis male credi qui aiunt, nugas praedicant: nam et bene et male credi dico; id adeo hodie ego expertus sum, just this (touto ge), Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 1; so id. Aul. 2, 4, 10; 4, 2, 15; id. Am. 1, 1, 98; 1, 2, 6; id. Ep. 1, 1, 51; 2, 2, 31; 5, 2, 40; id. Poen. 1, 2, 57: plerique homines, quos, cum nihil refert, pudet;2.ubi pudendum'st ibi eos deserit pudor, is adeo tu es,
you are just such a one, id. Ep. 2, 1, 2:cui tu obsecutus, facis huic adeo injuriam,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 68: tute adeo jam ejus verba audies, you yourself shall hear what he has to say (suge akousêi), Ter. And. 3, 3, 27: Dolabella tuo nihil scito mihi esse jucundius: hanc adeo habebo gratiam illi, i. e. hanc, quae maxima est, gratiam (tautên ge tên charin), Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16:haec adeo ex illo mihi jam speranda fuerunt,
even this, Verg. A. 11, 275.—It is often to be translated by the intensive and, and just, etc. (so esp. in Cic. and the histt.): id adeo, si placet, considerate, just that (touto ge skopeite), Cic. Caec. 30, 87:id adeo ex ipso senatus consulto cognoscite,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, 143; cf. id. Clu. 30, 80:ad hoc quicumque aliarum atque senatus partium erant, conturbari remp., quam minus valere ipsi malebant. Id adeo malum multos post annos in civitatem reverterat,
And just this evil, Sall. C. 37, 11; so 37, 2; id. J. 68, 3; Liv. 2, 29, 9; 4, 2, 2: id adeo manifestum erit, si cognoverimus, etc., and this, precisely this, will be evident, if, etc., Quint. 2, 16, 18 Spald.—It is rarely used with ille:ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,
Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 6.—Sometimes with the rel. pron.: quas adeo haud quisquam liber umquam tetigit, Plaut: Poen. 1, 2, 57; Cic. Fin. 2, 12, 37. —With interrog. pron.:Quis adeo tam Latinae linguae ignarus est, quin, etc.,
Gell. 7, 17.—Adeo is joined with the pers. pron. when the discourse passes from one person to another, and attention is to be particularly directed to the latter: Juppiter, tuque adeo summe Sol, qui res omnes inspicis, and thou especially, and chiefly thou, Enn. ap. Prob.:teque adeo decus hoc aevi inibit,
Verg. E. 4, 11; id. G. 1, 24: teque, Neptune, invoco, vosque adeo venti, Poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 34, 73;and without the copulative: vos adeo... item ego vos virgis circumvinciam,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 25.— Ego adeo often stands for ego quidem, equidem (egôge):tum libertatem Chrysalo largibere: ego adeo numquam accipiam,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 30; so id. Mil. 4, 4, 55; id. Truc. 4, 3, 73:ego adeo hanc primus inveni viam,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 16:nec me adeo fallit,
Verg. A. 4, 96.—Ipse adeo (autos ge), for the sake of emphasis:atque hercle ipsum adeo contuor,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 24:ipsum adeo praesto video cum Davo,
Ter. And. 2, 5, 4:ipse adeo senis ductor Rhoeteus ibat pulsibus,
Sil. 14, 487.—With the conditional conjj. si, nisi, etc. (Gr. ei ge), if indeed, if truly:3.nihili est autem suum qui officium facere immemor est, nisi adeo monitus,
unless, indeed, he is reminded of it, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 2: Si. Num illi molestae quippiam hae sunt nuptiae? Da. Nihil Hercle: aut si adeo, bidui est aut tridui haec sollicitudo, and if, indeed, etc. (not if also, for also is implied in aut), Ter. And. 2, 6, 7.—With adverbs: nunc adeo (nun ge), Plaut. As. 3, 1, 29; id. Mil. 2, 2, 4; id. Merc. 2, 2, 57; id. Men. 1, 2, 11; id. Ps. 1, 2, 52; id. Rud. 3, 4, 23; Ter. And. 4, 5, 26; Verg. A. 9, 156: jam adeo (dê ge), id. ib. 5, 268; Sil. 1, 20; 12, 534; Val. Fl. 3, 70. umquam adeo, Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 23:4.inde adeo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 1:hinc adeo,
Verg. E. 9, 59: sic adeo (houtôs ge), id. A. 4, 533; Sil. 12, 646:vix adeo,
Verg. A. 6, 498:non adeo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 57; Verg. A. 11, 436. —With adjectives = vel, indeed, even, very, fully:5.quot adeo cenae, quas deflevi, mortuae!
how very many suppers, Plaut. Stich. 1, 3, 59: quotque adeo fuerint, qui temnere superbum... Lucil. ap. Non. 180, 2: nullumne malorum finem adeo poenaeque dabis (adeo separated from nullum by poet. license)? wilt thou make no end at all to calamity and punishment? Val. Fl. 4, 63:trīs adeo incertos caeca caligine soles erramus,
three whole days we wander about, Verg. A. 3, 203; 7, 629.—And with comp. or the adv. magis, multo, etc.:quae futura et quae facta, eloquar: multo adeo melius quam illi, cum sim Juppiter,
very much better, Plaut. Am. 5, 2, 3; so id. Truc. 2, 1, 5:magis adeo id facilitate quam aliā ullā culpā meā, contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15.—With the conjj. sive, aut, vel, in order to annex a more important thought, or to make a correction, or indeed, or rather, or even only:6.sive qui ipsi ambīssent, seu per internuntium, sive adeo aediles perfidiose quoi duint,
Plaut. Am. prol. 71:si hercle scivissem, sive adeo joculo dixisset mihi, se illam amare,
id. Merc. 5, 4, 33; so id. Truc. 4, 3, 1; id. Men. 5, 2, 74; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 9: nam si te tegeret pudor, sive adeo cor sapientia imbutum foret, Pacuv. ap. Non. 521, 10:mihi adeunda est ratio, quā ad Apronii quaestum, sive adeo, quā ad istius ingentem immanemque praedam possim pervenire,
or rather, Cic. Verr 2, 3, 46, 110; Verg. A. 11, 369; so, atque adeo:ego princeps in adjutoribus atque adeo secundus,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 9.—With the imperative, for emphasis, like tandem, modo, dum, the Germ. so, and the Gr. ge (cf. L. and S.), now, I pray:C.propera adeo puerum tollere hinc ab janua,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 20 (cf. xullabete g auton, Soph. Phil. 1003).—Like admodum or nimis, to give emphasis to an idea (for the most part only in comic poets, and never except with the positive of the adj.; cf. Consent. 2023 P.), indeed, truly, so very, so entirely:D.nam me ejus spero fratrem propemodum jam repperisse adulescentem adeo nobilem,
so very noble, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 123:nec sum adeo informis,
nor am I so very ugly, Verg. E. 2, 25:nam Caii Luciique casu non adeo fractus,
Suet. Aug. 65:et merito adeo,
and with perfect right, Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 42:etiam num credis te ignorarier aut tua facta adeo,
do you, then, think that they are ignorant of you or your conduct entirely? id. Ph. 5, 8, 38.—To denote what exceeds expectation, even: quam omnium Thebis vir unam esse optimam dijudicat, quamque adeo cives Thebani rumificant probam, and whom even the Thebans (who are always ready to speak evil of others) declare to be an honest woman, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 44.— Hence also it denotes something added to the rest of the sentence, besides, too, over and above, usually in the connection: -que adeo (rare, and never in prose; cf.III.adhuc, I.): quin te Di omnes perdant qui me hodie oculis vidisti tuis, meque adeo scelestum,
and me too, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 122; cf. id. 4, 2, 32:haec adeo tibi me, ipsa palam fari omnipotens Saturnia jussit,
Verg. A. 7, 427.After Caesar and Cicero (the only instance of this use adduced from Cicero's works, Off. 1, 11, 36, being found in a passage rejected by the best critics, as B. and K.).A.For adding an important and satisfactory reason to an assertion, and then it always stands at the beginning of the clause, indeed, for:B.cum Hanno perorāsset, nemini omnium cum eo certare necesse fuit: adeo prope omnis senatus Hannibalis erat: the idea is,
Hanno's speech, though so powerful, was ineffectual, and did not need a reply; for all the senators belonged to the party of Hannibal, Liv. 21, 11, 1; so id. 2, 27, 3; 2, 28, 2; 8, 37, 2; Tac. Ann. 1, 50, 81; Juv. 3, 274; 14, 233.—Also for introducing a parenthesis: sed ne illi quidem ipsi satis mitem gentem fore (adeo ferocia atque indomita [p. 34] ingenia esse) ni subinde auro... principum animi concilientur, Liv. 21, 20, 8; so id. 9, 26, 17; 3, 4, 2; Tac. A. 2, 28.—When to a specific fact a general consideration is added as a reason for it, so, thus (in Livy very often):C.haud dubius, facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore: adeo non fortuna modo, sed ratio etiam cum barbaris stabat,
thus not only fortune, but sagacity, was on the side of the barbarians, Liv. 5, 38, 4:adeo ex parvis saepe magnarum momenta rerum pendent,
id. 27, 9, 1; so id. 4, 31, 5; 21, 33, 6; 28, 19; Quint. 1, 12, 7; Curt. 10, 2, 11; Tac. Agr. 1:adeo in teneris consuescere multum est,
Verg. G. 2, 272.—In advancing from one thought to another more important = immo, rather, indeed, nay: nulla umquam res publica ubi tantus paupertati ac parsimoniae honos fuerit: adeo, quanto rerum minus, tanto minus cupiditatis erat, Liv. praef. 11; so Gell. 11, 7; Symm. Ep. 1, 30, 37.—D.With a negative after ne—quidem or quoque, so much the more or less, much less than, still less (post-Aug.):hujus totius temporis fortunam ne deflere quidem satis quisquam digne potuit: adeo nemo exprimere verbis potest,
still less can one describe: it by words, Vell. 2, 67, 1:ne tecta quidem urbis, adeo publicum consilium numquam adiit,
still less, Tac. A. 6, 15; so id. H. 3, 64; Curt. 7, 5, 35:favore militum anxius et superbia viri aequalium quoque, adeo superiorum intolerantis,
who could not endure his equals even, much less his superiors, Tac. H. 4, 80.—So in gen., after any negative: quaelibet enim ex iis artibus in paucos libros contrahi solet: adeo infinito spatio ac traditione opus non est, so much the less is there need, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 16; Plin. 17, 12, 35, § 179; Tac. H. 3, 39.—(The assumption of a causal signif. of adeo = ideo, propterea, rests upon false readings. For in Cael. Cic. Fam. 8, 15 we should read ideo, B. and K., and in Liv. 24, 32, 6, ad ea, Weiss.).—See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 135-155. -
10 Pihl, Carl Abraham
[br]b. 16 January 1825 Stavanger, Norwayd. 14 September 1897 Kristiania (now Oslo), Norway[br]Norwegian railway engineer, protagonist of narrow-gauge railways.[br]Pihl trained as an engineer at Göteborg, Sweden, and then moved to London, where he worked under Robert Stephenson during 1845 and 1846. In 1850 he returned to Norway and worked with the English contractors building the first railway in Norway, the Norwegian Trunk Railway from Kristiania to Eidsvold, for which the English standard gauge was used. Subsequently he worked in England for a year, but in 1856 joined the Norwegian government's Road Department, which was to have responsibility for railways. In 1865 a distinct Railway Department was set up, and Pihl became Director for State Railway Construction. Because of the difficulties of the terrain and limited traffic, Pihl recommended that in the case of two isolated lines to be built the outlay involved in ordinary railways would not be justified, and that they should be built to the narrow gauge of 3 ft 6 in. (1.07 m). His recommendation was accepted by the Government in 1857 and the two lines were built to this gauge and opened during 1861–4. Six of their seven locomotives, and all their rolling stock, were imported from Britain. The lines cost £3,000 and £5,000 per mile, respectively; a standard-gauge line built in the same period cost £6,400 per mile.Subsequently, many hundreds of miles of Norwegian railways were built to 3 ft 6 in. (1.07 m) gauge under Pihl's direction. They influenced construction of railways to this gauge in Australia, Southern Africa, New Zealand, Japan and elsewhere. However, in the late 1870s controversy arose in Norway over the economies that could in fact be gained from the 3 ft 6 in. (1,07 m) gauge. This controversy in the press, in discussion and in the Norwegian parliament became increasingly acrimonious during the next two decades; the standard-gauge party may be said to have won with the decision in 1898, the year after Pihl's death, to build the Bergen-Oslo line to standard gauge.[br]Principal Honours and DistinctionsKnight of the Order of St Olaf 1862; Commander of the Order of St Olaf 1877. Commander of the Royal Order of Vasa 1867. Royal Order of the Northern Star 1882.Further ReadingP.Allen and P.B.Whitehouse, 1959, Narrow Gauge Railways of Europe, Ian Allan (describes the Norwegian Battle of the Gauges).A biographical article on Pihl appears (in Norwegian) in Norsk Biografisk Leksikon.PJGR -
11 זמן
זָמַן(b. h.; cmp. זבן) to arrange, designate. Pi. זִימֵּן 1) to invite, esp. to a meal. B. Kam.79b; a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְזוּמָּן, f. מְזוּמֶּנֶת; pl. מְזוּמָּנִים, מְזוּמָּנוֹת a) invited. Pesik. R. s. 41, end מי שהוא מ׳ לסעודה he who is invited to the feast. Ib. (expl. מקראי, Is. 48:12) מְזוּמָּנִי my invited guest (Israel); a. e.b) designated, chosen. Ber.43a הוא מ׳ לברכה he is the one designated (by the host) to say grace. Ab. Zar.17a מז׳ לחייוכ׳ chosen for the bliss of futurity.Sub. 102a> עת היא מ׳וכ׳ there is a time designated for Ib. יום מזומן (not עת היא, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 8); Yalk Is. 330; Ib. Jer. 287.c) ready at hand, in ones possession. B. Mets. 102a; Sifré Deut. 227, a. e. כי יקרא פרט למ׳ ‘if it chance (Deut. 22:6) this excludes that which is at thy disposal (in thy court yard); a. e. 2) to appoint a meal in common, so as to say grace together; to preface the grace after meal by saying, Let us praise ; v. זִימּוּן. Ber.VII, 1 שלשה … חייבין לזַמֵּן if three dine together, they are bound to make an appointment for common grace. Ib. מְזַמְּנִין עליו common grace may be appointed by making him one of the party (offering him something to eat). Ib. אין מ׳ עליהן you cannot count them in (to make up the requisite number). Ib. 2 עד כמה מזמנין how much must one eat of the meal in order to be counted one of the company? Ib. 3 כיצד מ׳ how is the appeal for common grace made?; a. fr. Hif. הִזְמִין 1) to cause to prepare, to notify. Dem. VII, 1 המַזְמִין את חבירווכ׳ if one notifies his friend that he will dine with him (on the Sabbath). 2) to designate for use; v. הַזְמָנָה. Ber.26a הִזְמִינוֹוכ׳ if he designated a building for 3) to summon, v. next w. Nithpa. נִזְדַּמֵּן 1) to meet, to come to hand (providentially); to join ones self to. Snh.96a אותו מלאךשנ׳ לווכ׳ that angel who was commissioned to accompany Abraham. Ib. נ׳ לו רגלי אחד a footman was joined to him (to meet his challenge). Ab. Zar.25b ישראלשנ׳ לווכ׳ (Ḥull.91a שנטפל) an Israelite whom a gentile joins on the road. Shebi. VII, 4 שנִזְדַּמְּנוּ להםוכ׳ who accidentally caught unclean animals; a. fr. 2) to make an appointment for meeting one another. Pesik. R. s. 33, v. זִימּוּן. -
12 זָמַן
זָמַן(b. h.; cmp. זבן) to arrange, designate. Pi. זִימֵּן 1) to invite, esp. to a meal. B. Kam.79b; a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְזוּמָּן, f. מְזוּמֶּנֶת; pl. מְזוּמָּנִים, מְזוּמָּנוֹת a) invited. Pesik. R. s. 41, end מי שהוא מ׳ לסעודה he who is invited to the feast. Ib. (expl. מקראי, Is. 48:12) מְזוּמָּנִי my invited guest (Israel); a. e.b) designated, chosen. Ber.43a הוא מ׳ לברכה he is the one designated (by the host) to say grace. Ab. Zar.17a מז׳ לחייוכ׳ chosen for the bliss of futurity.Sub. 102a> עת היא מ׳וכ׳ there is a time designated for Ib. יום מזומן (not עת היא, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 8); Yalk Is. 330; Ib. Jer. 287.c) ready at hand, in ones possession. B. Mets. 102a; Sifré Deut. 227, a. e. כי יקרא פרט למ׳ ‘if it chance (Deut. 22:6) this excludes that which is at thy disposal (in thy court yard); a. e. 2) to appoint a meal in common, so as to say grace together; to preface the grace after meal by saying, Let us praise ; v. זִימּוּן. Ber.VII, 1 שלשה … חייבין לזַמֵּן if three dine together, they are bound to make an appointment for common grace. Ib. מְזַמְּנִין עליו common grace may be appointed by making him one of the party (offering him something to eat). Ib. אין מ׳ עליהן you cannot count them in (to make up the requisite number). Ib. 2 עד כמה מזמנין how much must one eat of the meal in order to be counted one of the company? Ib. 3 כיצד מ׳ how is the appeal for common grace made?; a. fr. Hif. הִזְמִין 1) to cause to prepare, to notify. Dem. VII, 1 המַזְמִין את חבירווכ׳ if one notifies his friend that he will dine with him (on the Sabbath). 2) to designate for use; v. הַזְמָנָה. Ber.26a הִזְמִינוֹוכ׳ if he designated a building for 3) to summon, v. next w. Nithpa. נִזְדַּמֵּן 1) to meet, to come to hand (providentially); to join ones self to. Snh.96a אותו מלאךשנ׳ לווכ׳ that angel who was commissioned to accompany Abraham. Ib. נ׳ לו רגלי אחד a footman was joined to him (to meet his challenge). Ab. Zar.25b ישראלשנ׳ לווכ׳ (Ḥull.91a שנטפל) an Israelite whom a gentile joins on the road. Shebi. VII, 4 שנִזְדַּמְּנוּ להםוכ׳ who accidentally caught unclean animals; a. fr. 2) to make an appointment for meeting one another. Pesik. R. s. 33, v. זִימּוּן. -
13 GANGA
* * *I)(geng; gekk, gengum; genginn), v.1) to walk (reið jarl, en Karkr gekk);2) to go;ganga heim, to go home;ganga braut, to go away;ganga til hvílu, to go to bed;ganga á skip, to go on board;ganga af skipi, to go ashore;with infin., ganga sofa or at sofa, to go to sleep;ganga at eiga konu, to marry a woman;3) to go about grazing, to graze (kálfrinn gekk í túni um sumarit);4) of a ship, to run, sail (gekk skipit brátt út á haf);5) to stretch out, extend, project (nes mikit gekk í sæ út);6) of report, tales, to be current (litlar sögur megu ganga af hesti mínum);7) to prevail;gekk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter the French tongue prevailed in E.;8) of money, to be current (peningar þeir, sem nú ganga);of laws, to be valid (þau lög, er gengu á Uppsalaþingi);of sickness, plague, famine, to rage (þá gekk landfarsótt, drepsótt, hallæri);9) to go on, last (gnustu þá saman vápnin, ok gekk þat um hríð);impers., gekk því lengi, so it went on for a long while;10) láta ganga e-t, to let go on;láta höggin ganga, to rain blows;Birkibeinar létu ganga lúðrana, blew the trumpets vigorously;11) to succeed;ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do;impers., svá þykt, at þeim gekk þar eigi at fara, so close, that they could not go on there;þeim gekk ekki fyrir nesit, they could not clear the ness;12) to turn out, go in a specified way;ganga andæris, to go all wrong;mart gengr verr en varir, many a thing goes worse than is looked for;gekk þeim lítt atsókinn, they made little progress with the attack;impers., e-m gengr vel (illa), one fares (goes on, gets on) well (badly);13) with acc., ganga e-n á bak, to force one to go backwards (harm gengr bjöninn á bak);14) with dat., to discharge (gekk bann þá blóði);15) with preps. and adverbs:ganga af e-u, to depart from, leave (þá gekk af honum móðrinn);ganga af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits;ganga af trú sinni, to apostatize;to pass (síðan gengu af páskarnir);to go off (gekk þegar af höfuðit);to be left as surplus (þat er af skuldinni gekk);nú gengr honum hey af, now he has some hay left;ganga af sér, to go to extremities, to go beyond oneself (mjök ganga þeir fóstbrœðr nú af sé);ganga aptr, to revert (return) to the former proprietor (síðan gengu þau lönd aptr undir Árna);to be void, annulled (þá skal kaup aptr ganga);of a ghost, to walk again; of a door, to close, shut (gekk eigi aptr hurðin);ganga at e-m, to attack one;ganga at e-u, to agree to, accept a choice or offer (Flosi gekk fljótt at þessu öllu); to fit (skaltu fá mér lukla þá, sem ganga at kistum yðrum);ganga á e-t, to encroach upon (ganga á ríki e-s); to break (ganga á orð sín, eiða, grið, sættir, trygðir); to pierce, penetrate;hann var í panzara, er ekki gekk á, that was proof against any weapons;ganga á vald e-s or e-m, ganga á hönd (hendr) e-m, to submit to, give oneself up to, surrender to one;ganga á bak e-u, to contravene;ganga eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (göngum heim eptir verðinu); to pursue, claim;ganga eptir, to prove true, be fulfilled (þetta gekk allt eptir, sem M. sagði fyrir);ganga frá e-u, to part with, lose (sumir munu ganga frá öllu fénu);ganga fram, to step forward;ganga fram vel, to go forward bravely, in a battle;to come to pass, come into execution (skal þess bíða, er þetta gengr fram);to increase (fé Hall gerðar gekk fram ok gørðist allmikit);to depart this life (H. bóndi gengr fram til frænda sinna);ganga fyrir e-n, to present oneself before one (ganga fyrir konung);ganga fyrir e-u, to take charge of, manage (var þar mart fólk, en húsbóndi gekk svá fyrir, at ekkert skorti); to yield to, be swayed by (hann gekk þá fyrir fortölum hennar);ganga í gegn e-m, to set oneself against one;ganga í gegn e-u, to confess, acknowledge;maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðst tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away;ganga í mál, to undertake a case;ganga með e-m (of a woman), to marry;ganga með barni, to be with child;ganga með burði (of animals), to be with young;ganga með e-u, to assist in, plead (ganga með máli, bónorði);ganga milli (á m., í m.), to go between, intercede;ganga móti (á m., í m.) e-m, to go to meet one;ganga móti e-u, to resist, oppose;to confess, = ganga í gegn, ganga við e-u;ganga nær e-m, to be troublesome to one (þótti hón œrit nær ganga Þórgerði);ganga e-m nær, to approach, come near to one (sá hefir á brott komizt, er næst gekk Gunnari um alla hluti);ganga saman, to marry;of an agreement, bargain, to be brought about;saman gekk kaupit með þeim, they came to a bargain;ganga sundr (í s.), to go asunder, part;ganga til, to go up to a thing (gangit til ok hyggit at); of the wind, to veer (veðrit gekk til útsuðrs);e-m gengr e-t til e-s, one has some reason for doing a thing;en þat gekk mér til þess (that was my reason), at ek ann þér eigi;hversu hefir ykkr til gengit, how have you fared?Loka gekk lítt til, it fared ill with L.;ganga um e-t, to go about a thing;ganga um beina, to wait upon guests;ganga um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker;ganga um e-n, to befall, happen to one (þess, er um margan gengr guma); of the wind, to go round, veer (gekk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim); to manage (fékk hón svá um gengit, at);ganga undan, to escape to absent oneself;g. undir e-t, to take upon oneself, undertake (a duty);ganga undir e-n, to subject oneself to;ganga upp, to be wasted (of money);to get loose, to he torn loose (þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir á húsinu);of a storm, gale, to get up, rise (veðr gekk upp);of an ice-bound river, áin var gengin upp, swollen with ice;ganga við staf, to walk with a stick;ganga við e-u or e-t, to avow;ganga yfir e-t, to go beyond, disregard (hann vildi eigi ganga yfir þat, er hann vissi réttast);ganga yfir e-n, to overcome, to befall, happen to one;slíkt sem yfir hefir gengit, all that has happened;eitt skal yfir okkr ganga, we shall share one fate;16) refl., gangast.f.1) walking (hann mœddist í göngu);vera í göngu, to be on foot, to walk;2) course (ganga tungls, vinds).* * *pret. gekk or gékk, 2nd pers. gékkt, mod. gékst; pl. gengu, geingu, or géngu, and an old poët. gingu; gengengu in Vsp. 12 is a mere misspelling (vide Sæm. Möb. 258); pres. geng, pl. göngum; pret. subj. gengi (geingi); imperat. gakk and gakktú; with the neg. suffix geng-at, gengr-at, gékk-at, gakk-attu, passim; a middle form göngumk firr, go from me, Gm. 1: a contracted form gá occurs now and then in mod. hymns; it is not vernacular but borrowed from Germ. and Dan.: [cp. Ulf. gaggan; A. S. and Hel. gangan; Scot. and North. E. gang, mod. Engl. go; Dan.-Swed. gange or gå; Germ. gehen; Ivar Aasen ganga: Icel., Scots, and Norsemen have preserved the old ng, which in Germ. and Swed.-Dan. only remains in poetry or in a special sense, e. g. in Germ. compds.]A. To go:I. to walk; reið jarl en Karkr gékk, Fms. i. 210, Rm. 1, 2, 6, 14, 23, 24, 30, Edda 10, Grág. ii. 95, passim; ganga leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, Fms. x. 290, Krók. 26: adding acc., g. alla leið, Fms. xi. 202, 299; g. berg, to climb a cliff; g. afréttar, to search the fell-pastures (fjallganga), Háv. 39; also g. ( to climb) í fjall, í kletta, Fms. x. 313: Icel. also say, ganga skó og sokka, to wear out shoes and socks; hann gékk tvenna skó; ganga berserks gang, q. v.β. absol. to go a-begging, Grág. i. 226, 232, Ísl. ii. 25; ganga vergang, húsgang, id. (göngumaðr).II. adding adverbs, infinitives, adjectives, or the like,α. an adverb denoting direction; g. út ok inn, Vkv. 4, Lv. 26; g. inn, Fms. i. 16, vi. 33; g. út, to go out, Lat. exire, Nj. 194; g. aptr, to return, Fms. x. 352; g. fram, to step forward, Hm. 1, Eg. 165; g. upp, to go up, ashore; g. ofan, niðr, to go down; g. heiman, 199; g. heim, to go home; gakk hingat, come hither! 488; g. móti, í gegn e-m, to go against, to meet one; g. braut, to go away; g. til e-s, or at e-m, to go to one; g. frá e-m, to leave one; g. með e-m, to go with one; g. hjá, to pass by; g. saman, to go together; g. yfir, to go over; g. gegnum, to go through; g. undir, to go under; g. undan, fyrir, to go before; g. eptir, to go behind; g. um, to rove, stroll about, and so on passim; g. í sæti, to go to one’s seat, take a seat, Eg. 551; g. til hvílu, to go to bed, Nj. 201; g. til matar, to go to dinner, Sturl. iii. 111, Eg. 483; g. til vinnu, verks, to go to one’s work, cp. Hm. 58; g. í kirkju, to go to church, Rb. 82; g. á fjall, to go on the fells, Hrafn. 34; g. á skip, to go on board, Fms. x. 10; g. af skipi, to go ashore.β. with infin., in old poems often dropping ‘at;’ ganga sofa, to go to sleep, Fm. 27; g. at sofa, Hm. 19; g. vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 56, Ls. 15; g. at eiga konu, to go to be married, Grág. i. 318.γ. with an adj.; g. hræddr, to be afraid; g. úviss, to be in ignorance, etc., Fms. vii. 271, Sks. 250, 688.2. in a more special sense; g. til einvígis, bardaga, to go to a duel, battle, Nj. 64; g. á hólm (hólmganga), Eg. 504, 506; g. á eintal, Nj. 103; g. til máls við e-n, to speak to one, Eg. 199, 764; g. í glímu, to go a-wrestling, Ísl. ii. 246; g. á fang, id., Ld. 206; g. í danz, to go a-dancing; g. til skripta, to go to shrift, Hom. 157; g. at brúðkaupi, to go to be married, Fms. vii. 278; g. í skóla, klaustr, to go to school, go into a cloister (as an inmate), (hence skóla-genginn, a school-man, scholar), Bs. passim; g. í þjónustu, to take service, Nj. 268; g. í lið með e-m, to enter one’s party, side with one, 100; g. í lög, to enter a league with one; g. ór lögum, to go out of a league, passim; g. í félag, ór félagi, id.; g. á mala, to take service as a soldier, 121; g. á hönd, g. til handa, to submit to one as a liegeman, surrender, Eg. 19, 33, Ó. H. 184, Fms. vii. 180; g. á vald e-m, to give oneself up, Nj. 267; g. á hendr e-m, to encroach upon, Ver. 56; g. í skuld, to bail, Grág. i. 232, Dipl. ii. 12; g. í trúnað, to warrant, Fms. xi. 356; g. til trygða, Nj. 166, and g. til griða, to accept truce, surrender, Fas. ii. 556; g. í mál, to enter, undertake a case, Nj. 31; g. í ánauð, to go into bondage, Eg. 8; g. til lands, jarðar, ríkis, arfs, to take possession of …, 118, Stj. 380, Grág., Fms. passim; g. til fréttar, to go to an oracle, take auspices, 625. 89; g. til Heljar, a phrase for to die, Fms. x. 414; g. nær, to go nigh, go close to, press hard on, Ld. 146, 322, Fms. xi. 240 (where reflex.); var sá viðr bæði mikill og góðr því at Þorkell gékk nær, Th. kept a close eye on it, Ld. 316.B. Joined with prepp. and adverbs in a metaph. sense:—g. af, to depart from, go off; þá gékk af honum móðrinn ok sefaðisk hann, Edda 28; þá er af honum gékk hamremin, Eg. 125, Eb. 136, Stj. 118; g. af sér, to go out of or beyond oneself; mjök g. þeir svari-bræðr nú af sér, Fbr. 32; í móti Búa er hann gengr af sér ( rages) sem mest, Fb. i. 193; þá gékk mest af sér ranglæti manna um álnir, Bs. i. 135: so in the mod. phrases, g. fram af sér, to overstrain oneself; and g. af sér, to fall off, decay: to forsake, g. af trú, to apostatize, Fms. ii. 213; g. af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits, go mad, Post. 656 C. 31; g. af Guðs boðorðum, Stj. passim: to pass. Páskar g. af, Ld. 200: to be left as surplus (afgangr), Rb. 122, Grág. i. 411, K. Þ. K. 92:—g. aptr, to walk again, of a ghost (aptrganga), Ld. 58, Eb. 278, Fs. 131, 141, passim; and absol., g. um híbýli, to hunt, Landn. 107: to go back, be void, of a bargain, Gþl. 491:—g. at e-m, to go at, attack, Nj. 80, 160: to press on, Grág. i. 51, Dipl. ii. 19 (atgangr): g. at e-u, to accept a choice, Nj. 256; g. at máli, to assist, help, 207: to fit, of a key, lykla þá sem g. at kístum yðrum, Finnb. 234, Fbr. 46 new Ed., N. G. L. i. 383: medic. to ail, e-ð gengr at e-m; ok gengr at barni, and if the bairn ails, 340, freq. in mod. usage of ailment, grief, etc.:—g. á e-t, to go against, encroach upon; ganga á ríki e-s, Fms. i. 2; g. upp á, to tread upon, vii. 166; hverr maðr er ólofat gengr á mál þeirra, who trespasses against their measure, Grág. i. 3: to break, g. á orð, eiða, sættir, trygðir, grið, Finnb. 311, Fms. i. 189, Ld. 234; g. á bak e-u, to contravene, Ísl. ii. 382; ganga á, to go on with a thing, Grág. ii. 363; hence the mod. phrase, mikið gengr á, much going on; hvað gengr á, what is going on? það er farið að g. á það (of a task or work or of stores), it is far advanced, not much left:—g. eptir, to go after, pursue, claim (eptirgangr), Nj. 154, Þórð. 67, Fms. vii. 5; g. eptir e-m, to humour one who is cross, in the phrase, g. eptir e-m með grasið í skónum; vertu ekki að g. eptir stráknum; hann vill láta g. eptir ser (of a spoilt boy, cross fellow): to prove true, follow, hón mælti mart, en þó gékk þat sumt eptir, Nj. 194; eptir gékk þat er mér bauð hugr um, Eg. 21, Fms. x. 211:—g. fram, to go on well in a battle, Nj. 102, 235, Háv. 57 (framgangr): to speed, Nj. 150, Fms. xi. 427: to grow, increase (of stock), fé Hallgerðar gékk fram ok varð allmikit, Nj. 22; en er fram gékk mjök kvikfé Skallagríms, Eg. 136, Vígl. 38: to come to pass, skal þess bíða er þetta gengr fram, Nj. 102, Fms. xi. 22: to die, x. 422:—g. frá, to leave (a work) so and so; g. vel frá, to make good work; g. ílla frá, to make bad work; það er ílla frá því gengið, it is badly done:—g. fyrir, to go before, to yield to, to be swayed by a thing; heldr nú við hót, en ekki geng ek fyrir slíku, Fms. i. 305; þó at vér gangim heldr fyrir blíðu en stríðu, ii. 34, Fb. i. 378, Hom. 68; hvárki gékk hann fyrir blíðyrðum né ógnarmálum, Fms. x. 292; hann gékk þá fyrir fortülum hennar, Bs. i. 742: in mod. usage reflex., gangast fyrir íllu, góðu: to give away, tók hann þá at ganga fyrir, Fb. i. 530: Icel. now say, reflex., gangast fyrir, to fall off, from age or the like (vide fyrirgengiligr): to prevent, skal honum þá eigi fyrnska fyrir g., N. G. L. i. 249; þá er hann sekr þrem mörkum nema nauðsyn gangi fyrir, 14; at þeim gangi lögleg forföll fyrir, Gþl. 12:—g. í gegn, to go against, to meet, in mod. usage to deny, and so it seems to be in Gþl. 156; otherwise in old writers it always means the reverse, viz. to avow, confess; maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðsk tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away, Ísl. ii. 331; ef maðr gengr í gegn legorðinu, Grág. i. 340; sá goði er í gegn gékk ( who acknowledged) þingfesti hans, 20; hann iðraðisk úráðs síns, ok gékk í gegn at hann hefði saklausan selt herra sinn, Sks. 584,—this agrees with the parallel phrase, g. við e-t, mod. g. við e-u, to confess, both in old and mod. usage, id.:—g. hjá, to pass by, to waive a thing, Fms. vi. 168:—g. með, to go with one, to wed, marry (only used of a woman, like Lat. nubere), þú hefir þvert tekit at g. með mér, Ld. 262, Sd. 170, Grág. i. 178, Þiðr. 209, Gkv. 2. 27, Fms. xi. 5: medic., g. með barni, to go with child, i. 57; with acc. (barn), Bs. i. 790, and so in mod. usage; a mother says, sama sumarið sem eg gékk með hann (hana) N. N., (meðgöngutími); but dat. in the phrase, vera með barni, to be with child; g. með burði, of animals, Sks. 50, Stj. 70; g. með máli, to assist, plead, Eg. 523, Fms. xi. 105, Eb. 210; g. með e-u, to confess [Dan. medgaae], Stj., but rare and not vernacular:—g. milli, to go between, intercede, esp. as a peacemaker, passim (milli-ganga, meðal-ganga):—g. í móti, to resist, Nj. 90, 159, 171: of the tide, en þar gékk í móti útfalls-straumr, Eg. 600:—g. saman, to go together, marry, Grág. i. 324, Fms. xi. 77: of a bargain, agreement, við þetta gékk saman sættin, Nj. 250; saman gékk kaupit með þeim, 259:—g. sundr, to go asunder, part, and of a bargain, to be broken off, passim:—g. til, to step out, come along; gangit til, ok blótið, 623. 59; gangit til, ok hyggit at, landsmenn, Fms. iv. 282: to offer oneself, to volunteer, Bs. i. 23, 24: the phrase, e-m gengr e-ð til e-s, to purpose, intend; en þat gékk mér til þess ( that was my reason) at ek ann þér eigi, etc., Ísl. ii. 269; sagði, at honum gékk ekki ótrúnaðr til þessa, Fms. x. 39; gékk Flosa þat til, at …, Nj. 178; gengr mér meirr þat til, at ek vilda firra vini mína vandræðum, Fms. ii. 171; mælgi gengr mér til, ‘tis that I have spoken too freely, Orkn. 469, Fms. vi. 373, vii. 258: to fare, hversu hefir ykkr til gengið, how have you fared? Grett. 48 new Ed.; Loka gékk lítt til, it fared ill with L., Fb. i. 276: mod., þat gékk svá til, it so happened, but not freq., as bera við is better, (tilgangr, intention):—g. um e-t, to go about a thing; g. um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker, Fms. v. 156; g. um beina, to attend guests, Nj. 50, passim: to manage, fékk hón svá um gengit, Grett. 197 new Ed.; hversu þér genguð um mitt góðs, 206: to spread over, in the phrase, má þat er um margan gengr; þess er um margan gengr guma, Hm. 93: to veer, go round, of the wind, gékk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim, the wind went round and a gale met them, Bs. i. 775:—g. undan, to go before, escape, Ver. 15, Fms. vii. 217, Blas. 49: to be lost, wasted, jafnmikit sem undan gékk af hans vanrækt, Gþl. 338: to absent oneself, eggjuðusk ok báðu engan undan g., Fms. x. 238:—g. undir, to undertake a duty, freq.: to set, of the sun, Rb. 468, Vígl. (in a verse): to go into one’s possession, power, Fms. vii. 207;—g. upp, to be wasted, of money, Fær. 39, Fms. ix. 354: of stones or earth-bound things, to get loose, be torn loose, þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir í húsinu, Landn. 185; flest gékk upp þat sem fyrir þeim varð, Háv. 40, Finnb. 248; ok gékk ór garðinum upp ( was rent loose) garðtorfa frosin, Eb. 190: to rise, yield, when summoned, Sturl. iii. 236: of a storm, gale, to get up, rise, veðr gékk upp at eins, Grett. 94, Bárð. 169; gengr upp stormr hinn sami, Bs. ii. 50: of an ice-bound river, to swell, áin var ákafliga mikil, vóru höfuðísar at báðum-megin, en gengin upp ( swoln with ice) eptir miðju, Ld. 46, Fbr. 20 new Ed., Bjarn. 52; vötnin upp gengin, Fbr. 114; áin var gengin upp ok íll yfirferðar, Grett. 134:—g. við, in the phrase, g. við staf, to go with a staff, rest on it: with dat., g. við e-u, to avow (vide ganga í gegn above):—g. yfir, to spread, prevail, áðr Kristnin gengi yfir, Fms. x. 273; hétu á heiðin goð til þess at þau léti eigi Kristnina g. yfir landit, Bs. i. 23: the phrase, láta eitt g. yfir báða, to let one fate go over both, to stand by one another for weal and woe; hefi ek því heitið honum at eitt skyldi g. yfir okkr bæði, Nj. 193, 201, 204, Gullþ. 8: so in the saying, má þat er yfir margan gengr, a common evil is easier to bear, Fbr. 45 new Ed. (vide um above); muntu nú verða at segja slíkt sem yfir hefir gengið, all that has happened, Fms. xi. 240; þess gengr ekki yfir þá at þeir vili þeim lengr þjóna, they will no longer serve them, come what may, Orkn. 84: to overrun, tyrannize over, þeir vóru ójafnaðar menn ok ganga þar yfir alla menn, Fms. x. 198 (yfirgangr): to transgress, Hom. 109: to overcome, þótti öllum mönnum sem hann mundi yfir allt g., Fms. vii. 326: a naut. term, to dash over, as spray, áfall svá mikit at yfir gékk þegar skipit, Bs. i. 422; hence the metaph. phrase, g. yfir e-n, to be astonished; það gengr yfir mig, it goes above me, I am astonished.C. Used singly, of various things:1. of cattle, horses, to graze (haga-gangr); segja menn at svín hans gengi á Svínanesi, en sauðir á Hjarðarnesi, Landn. 124, Eg. 711; kálfrinn óx skjótt ok gékk í túni um sumarit, Eb. 320; Freyfaxi gengr í dalnum fram, Hrafn. 6; þar var vanr at g. hafr um túnit, Nj. 62; þar var til grass (görs) at g., Ld. 96, Grág. passim; gangandi gripr, cattle, beasts, Bjarn. 22; ganganda fé, id., Sturl. i. 83, Band. 2, Ísl. ii. 401.2. of shoals of fish, to go up, in a river or the like (fiski-ganga, -gengd); vötn er netnæmir fiskar g. í, Grág. i. 149; til landauðnar horfði í Ísafirði áðr fiskr gékk upp á Kvíarmiði, Sturl. ii. 177; fiskr er genginn inn ór álum, Bb. 3. 52.3. of the sun, stars, vide B. above, (sólar-gangr hæstr, lengstr, and lægstr skemstr = the longest and shortest day); áðr sól gangi af Þingvelli, Grág. i. 24; því at þar gékk eigi sól af um skamdegi, Landn. 140, Rb. passim:—of a thunder-storm, þar gékk reiði-duna með eldingu, Fb. iii. 174:—of the tide, stream, water, vide B. above, eða gangi at vötn eða skriður, K. Þ. K. 78.4. of a ship, gékk þá skipit mikit, Eg. 390, Fms. vi. 249; létu svá g. suðr fyrir landit, Eg. 78; lét svá g. suðr allt þar til er hann sigldi í Englands-haf, Ó. H. 149; réru nótt ok dag sem g. mátti, Eg. 88; gékk skipit brátt út á haf, Ó. H. 136.β. to pass; kvað engi skip skyldi g. (go, pass) til Íslands þat sumar, Ld. 18.II. metaph. to run out, stretch out, project, of a landscape or the like; gengr haf fyrir vestan ok þar af firðir stórir, Eg. 57; g. höf stór ór útsjánum inn í jörðina; haf (the Mediterranean) gengr af Njörva-sundum (the Straits of Gibraltar), Hkr. i. 5; nes mikit gékk í sæ út, Eg. 129, Nj. 261; í gegnum Danmörk gengr sjór (the Baltic) í Austrveg, A. A. 288; fyrir austan hafs-botn þann (Bothnia) er gengr til móts við Gandvík (the White Sea), Orkn. begin.: frá Bjarmalandi g. lönd til úbygða, A. A. 289; Europa gengr allt til endimarka Hispaniae, Stj. 83; öllum megin gengr at henni haf ok kringir um hana, 85; þessi þinghá gékk upp ( extended) um Skriðudal, Hrafn. 24: of houses, af fjósi gékk forskáli, Dropl. 28.2. to spread, branch out; en af því tungurnar eru ólíkar hvár annarri, þær þegar, er ór einni ok hinni sömu hafa gengit eða greinzt, þá þarf ólíka stafi í at hafa, Skálda (Thorodd) 160: of a narrative, gengr þessi saga mest af Sverri konungi, this story goes forth from him, i. e. relates to, tells of him, Fb. ii. 533; litlar sögur megu g. af hesti mínum, Nj. 90; um fram alla menn Norræna þá er sögur g. frá, Fms. i. 81.III. to take the lead, prevail; gékk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter (i. e. after the Conquest) the Welsh tongue prevailed in England, Ísl. ii. 221; ok þar allt sem Dönsk tunga gengi, Fms. xi. 19; meðan Dönsk tunga gengr, x. 179:—of money, to be current, hundrað aura þá er þá gengu í gjöld, Dropl. 16; eigi skulu álnar g. aðrar en þessar, Grág. i. 498; í þenna tíð gékk hér silfr í allar stórskuldir, 500, Fms. viii. 270; eptir því sem gengr ( the course) flestra manna í millum, Gþl. 352:—of laws, to be valid, ok var nær sem sín lög gengi í hverju fylki, Fms. iv. 18; Óðinn setti lög í landi sínu þau er gengit höfðu fyrr með Ásum, Hkr. i. 13; þeirra laga er gengu á Uppsala-þingi, Ó. H. 86; hér hefir Kristindóms-bálk þann er g. skal, N. G. L. i. 339; sá siðr er þá gékk, Fb. i. 71, (vide ganga yfir):—of sickness, plague, famine, to rage, þá gékk landfarsótt, bóla, drepsótt, hallæri, freq.; also impers., gékk því hallæri um allt Ísland, Bs. i. 184; mikit hallæri ok hart gékk yfir fólkið, 486, v. l.; gékk sóttin um haustið fyrir sunnan land; þá gékk mest plágan fyrri, Ann. 1402, 1403.IV. to go on, last, in a bad sense, of an evil; tókst síðan bardagi, ok er hann hafði gengit um hríð, Fs. 48: impers., hefir þessu gengit ( it has gone on) marga manns-aldra, Fms. i. 282; gékk því lengi, so it went on a long while, Grett. 79 new Ed.; gékk þessu enn til dags, Nj. 272; ok gékk því um hríð, 201; ok gékk því allan þann dag, Fms. vii. 147; lát því g. í allt sumar, xi. 57; gengr þessu þar til er …, Fb. i. 258.V. denoting violence; létu g. bæði grjót ok vápn, Eg. 261; létu þá hvárir-tveggju g. allt þat er til vápna höfðu, Fms. ix. 44; láta höggin g., to let it rain blows, Úlf. 12. 40; háðung, spottyrði, hróp ok brigzl hver lét með öðrum g. á víxl, Pass. 14. 3, (vápna-gangr); Birkibeinar róa þá eptir, ok létu g. lúðrana, and sounded violently the alarum, Fms. ix. 50, (lúðra-gangr); láta dæluna g., to pour out bad language, vide dæla.VI. to be able to go on, to go, partly impers.; ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do, Fms. vi. 284; svá þykt at þeim gékk þar ekki at fara, they stood so close that they could not proceed there, Nj. 247; þá nam þar við, gékk þá eigi lengra, there was a stop; then it could go no farther, Fms. xi. 278; leiddu þeir skipit upp eptir ánni, svá sem gékk, as far as the ship could go, as far as the river was navigable, Eg. 127: esp. as a naut. term, impers., e. g. þeim gékk ekki fyrir nesið, they could not clear the ness; þá gengr eigi lengra, ok fella þeir þá seglið, Bs. i. 423; at vestr gengi um Langanes, 485, v. l.VII. with adverbs; g. létt, fljótt, to go smoothly; g. þungt, seint, to go slowly; oss munu öll vápna-viðskipti þungt g. við þá, Nj. 201; þungt g. oss nú málaferlin, 181; gékk þeim lítt atsóknin, Stj. 385; at þeim feðgum hefði þá allir hlutir léttast gengit, Bs. i. 274; seint gengr, Þórir, greizlan, Ó. H. 149; g. betr, verr, to get the better, the worse; gékk Ribbungum betr í fyrstu, Fms. ix. 313; gengu ekki mjök kaupin, the bargain did not go well, Nj. 157, cp. ganga til (B. above):—to turn out, hversu g. mundi orrostan, 273; gékk þá allt eptir því sem Hallr hafði sagt, 256; ef kviðir g. í hag sækjanda, if the verdict goes for the plaintiff, Grág. i. 87; þótti þetta mál hafa gengit at óskum, Dropl. 14; mart gengr verr en varir, a saying, Hm. 39; þykir honum nú at sýnu g. ( it seems to him evident) at hann hafi rétt hugsað, Fms. xi. 437; g. andæris, to go all wrong, Am. 14; g. misgöngum, to go amiss, Grág. i. 435; g. e-m í tauma, to turn false ( crooked); þat mun mér lítt í tauma g. er Rútr segir, Nj. 20; g. ofgangi, to go too high, Fms. vii. 269.VIII. of a blow or the like; hafði gengit upp á miðjan fetann, the axe went in up to the middle of the blade, Nj. 209; gékk þegar á hol, 60; gékk í gegnum skjöldinn, 245, Fb. i. 530.IX. of law; láta próf g., to make an enquiry; láta vátta g., to take evidence, D. N.X. to be gone, be lost; gékk hér með holdit niðr at beini, the flesh was torn off, Fb. i. 530: esp. in pass. part. genginn, dead, gone, eptir genginn guma, Hm. 71; moldar-genginn, buried, Sl. 60; hel-genginn, 68; afli genginn, gone from strength, i. e. powerless, Skv. 3. 13.β. gone, past; gengið er nú það görðist fyr, a ditty; mér er gengið heimsins hjól, gone for me is the world’s wheel ( luck), a ditty.XI. used as transit. with acc.; hann gengr björninn á bak aptr, he broke the bear’s back in grappling with him, Finnb. 248; ok gengr hana á bak, ok brýtr í sundr í henni hrygginn, Fb. i. 530.2. medic. with dat. to discharge; ganga blóði, to discharge blood (Dan. blodgang), Bs. i. 337, 383; Arius varð bráðdauðr ok gékk ór sér öllum iðrum, Ver. 47.D. REFLEX.:I. singly, gangask, to be altered, to change, be corrupted; gangask í munni, of tradition; var þat löng ævi, ok vant at sögurnar hefði eigi gengisk í munni, Ó. H. pref.; má því eigi þetta mál í munni gengisk hafa, Fb. ii. Sverr. S. pref.; ok mættim vér ráða um nokkut, at málit gengisk, that the case could miscarry, be lost, Glúm. 380:—láta gangask, to let pass. waive; lét Páll þá g. þá hluti er áðr höfðu í millum staðit, Sturl. i. 102; ef þú lætr eigi g. þat er ek kref þik, Fms. xi. 61.2. e-m gengsk hugr við e-t, to change one’s mind, i. e. to be moved to compassion, yield; sótti hón þá svá at honum gékksk hugr við, Eb. 264; þá gékksk Þorgerði hugr við harma-tölur hans, Ld. 232; ok mun honum g. hugr við þat, svá at hann mun fyrirgefa þér, Gísl. 98; nú sem hann grét, gékksk Ísak hugr við, Stj. 167; er sendimaðr fann at Birni gékksk hugr við féit, Ó. H. 194; við slíkar fortölur hennar gékksk Einari hugr (E. was swayed) til ágirni, Orkn. 24.II. with prepp. (cp. B. above); gangask at, to ‘go at it,’ engage in a fight; nú gangask þeir at fast, Dropl. 24, Ísl. ii. 267; gengusk menn at sveitum, of wrestlers, they wrestled one with another in sections (Dan. flokkevis), Glúm. 354; þeir gengusk at lengi, Finnb. 248:—gangask fyrir, vide B. above:—gangask í gegn, at móti, to stand against, fight against; at vér látim ok eigi þá ráða er mest vilja í gegn gangask (i. e. the extreme on each side), Íb. 12, cp. Fms. ii. 241; at þeir skipaði til um fylkingar sínar, hverjar sveitir móti skyldi g., i. e. to pair the combatants off, ix. 489; þeir risu upp ok gengusk at móti, Stj. 497. 2 Sam. ii. 15:—g. nær, to come to close quarters (Lat. cominus gerere), Nj. 176, Fms. xi. 240:—gangask á, to dash against one another, to split; á gengusk eiðar, the oaths were broken, Vsp. 30: to be squared off against one another, sú var görð þeirra, at á gengusk vígin húskarlanna, Rd. 288; ekki er annars getið en þeir léti þetta á gangask, i. e. they let it drop, Bjarn. 47; gangask fyrir, to fall off, Fms. iii. 255:—gangask við, to grow, gain strength; áðr en við gengisk hans bæn, before his prayer should be fulfilled, x. 258; ef þat er ætlað at trúa þessi skuli við g., Nj. 162; hétu þeir fast á guðin, at þau skyldi eigi láta við garrgask Kristniboð Ólafs konungs, Fms. ii. 32; þetta gékksk við um öll þau fylki, vii. 300; mikit gékksk Haraldr við (H. grew fast) um vöxt ok afl, Fb. i. 566; Eyvindr hafði mikið við gengizk um menntir, E. had much improved himself in good breeding, Hrafn. 24; vildi hann prófa hvárr þeirra meira hafði við gengisk, which of them had gained most strength, Grett. 107: to be in vogue, in a bad sense, ok löngum við gengisk öfund ok rangindi, Fms. i. 221, cp. Pass. 37. 7:—gangask ór stað, to be removed, Fms. xi. 107.III. in the phrase, e-m gengsk vel, ílla, it goes well, ill with one, Hom. 168, Am. 53; ílls gengsk þér aldri, nema …, the evil will never leave thee, thou wilt never be happy, unless …, 65. -
14 τις
A any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions v. infr.):—but τίς; τί; Interrog. Pron. who? what?, oxyt. in the monosyll. cases, parox. in the others:—Dialectal forms: Cypr. σις ( si se) Inscr.Cypr.135.10 H.; Arc. σις (with <*> for ς) IG5(2).262.25 (Mantinea, v B.C.); Thess. κις ib.9(2).515.12 ([place name] Larissa), 1226.4, 1229.27 ([place name] Phalanna), pl. κινες ib.517.41 ([place name] Larissa), neut. κι in διεκί, ποκκί (qq.v.); neut. pl. [dialect] Dor. σά, [dialect] Boeot. τά, [dialect] Aeol. dat. τίω, τίοισι (v. infr. B). (I.-E. q[uglide]i-, cf. Lat. quis, quid, etc.; for σά, τά, v. ἄσσα, σά μάν; with τέο (v. infr. B) cf. OSlav. gen. c<*>eso.)A Indef. Pron. τις, τι, gen. [dialect] Ion. τεο Od.16.305, Hdt.1.58; more freq. τευ Il.2.388, al., Hdt.4.30, al., Meliss.7, etc.; Trag. and [dialect] Att. του A.Pr.21, Ar.Ach. 329, Th.1.70, etc. (sts. fem., S.Aj. 290, OT 1107 (lyr.), E.Hec. 370, etc.); του is rare after 300 B.C., never in LXX or NT, but found in IG12(5).798.17 (Tenos, iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.250.6, 647.23 (iii B.C.), Plb.3.23.3, revived by the Atticists, D.H.8.29, Plu.Fab.20, etc.; τινος Pi.P.2.90, IG12.16.17, 65.41, A.Eu. 5, Ch. 102, S.Ant. 698, al., Hdt.2.109, al. (Rh.Mus.72.483), etc.; dat. [dialect] Ion.τεῳ Il.16.227
, Od.11.502, Hdt.2.48, 5.86; Trag. and [dialect] Att. τῳ (also in Hom., Il.1.299, 12.328, Od.13.308, 20.297, al., always in masc.) A.Th. 1045, IG12.39.54, D.S.18.45; as fem., A.Th. 472, S. OT80, etc.; τινι (Hom. in the formοὔ τινι Il.17.68
, Od.14.96) Pi. O.9.26, al., B.17.12, Hdt.1.114 (elsewh. fem., 2.62, 3.69, 83, 4.113), A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 443, 495, etc.; acc. τινα Il.1.62, 5.761, etc., neut. τι 2.122, etc.: dual τινε Od.4.26, Pl.Sph. 237d, Prm. 143c, 149e: pl. τινες (Hom. only inοὔ τινες Od.6.279
, 17.587 and οἵτινες (v. ὅστις)); [dialect] Dor. τινεν SIG527.127 (Drerus, iii B.C.); nom. and acc. neut. τινα (ὅτινα Il.22.450
), never in Trag., Ar., Th., or Hdt., f.l. in Isoc.4.74, first in Pl.Chrm. 163d, Ep. 325a, D.47.63, Hyp.Ath.19, Alex.110, Sotad.Com.1.22, Arist.EN 1094a5, IG42(1).121.35 (Epid., iv B.C.), etc.; ἄσσα (q.v.) Od.19.218, never in Trag. or Hdt.; [dialect] Att. ἄττα first in Th.1.113, 2.100, Ar.Ra. 173, al., Pl.R. 400a, etc., never in LXX, Plb., D.S., Str., revived by the Atticists, D.H.Comp.3, etc.; gen. [dialect] Ion. τεων Hdt.2.175, 5.57, τεῶν cj. for γε ῶν in 4.76; τινων not in Hdt., first in Ar.Eq. 977 (lyr.); dat. τισι, τισιν, first in Hdt. 9.113, X.Ath.1.18; N.-W. [dialect] Dor. τινοις GDI1409.5 (Delph., iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. τεοισι Hdt.8.113, 9.27 (for τεοις and τεον v. τεός); acc. τινας Il.15.735, Od.11.371 (also in οὕστινας, ὅτινας, v. ὅστις), etc.; neut. τινα (v. supr.):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as Adj. any, some, and serving as the Indef. Art. a, an;θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις Il.5.191
;καί τις θεὸς ἡγεμόνευεν Od.9.142
; οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν ἠείδη δμώων ib. 205; ἤ τι ὀϊσάμενος, ἢ.. ib. 339; μή τίς μοι ὑποδείσας ἀναδύη ib. 377, cf. 405- 410; εἴ τινά που μετ' ὄεσσι λάβοι ib. 418, cf. 421, al.; τις θεός construed as if τις θεῶν, 19.40, cf. 11.502, IG12.94.19, E.Hel. 1039.II special usages:1 some one (of many), i.e. many a one,ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν Il.7.201
, etc.: sts. with meiosis, implying all or men, 13.638, Od.3.224; so in Prose, Hdt.5.49 fin., Th.2.37, etc.2 any one concerned, every one,εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω Il.2.382
; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself, 17.254; , cf. 16.209, 17.227, al.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., even with the imper., τοῦτό τις.. ἴστω S Aj.417 (lyr.), cf. E.Ba. 346, Ar.Av. 1187; ; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, Th.1.40, cf. 6.77;ὅ τί τις ἐδύνατο Id.7.75
; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, D.21.66, cf. 19.35:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words,τις ἕκαστος Od.9.65
, Th.6.31, etc.; , Hdt.6.80, Th.8.94, etc.;ἅπας τις Hdt.3.113
, etc.;οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον Id.4.118
. In these senses, τις is freq. combined with pl. words, οἱ κακοὶ.. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, S.Aj. 965; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, Th.4.85;ἐτόλμα τις.., ὁρῶντες Id.2.53
, cf. 7.75; esp. after εἴ or ἤν τις, X. Mem.1.2.62, al.3 in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) Id.An.1.4.12, cf. Ar.Ra. 552, Theoc.5.122; so also euphem. for something bad,ἤν τι ποιῶμεν Th.2.74
;ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ D.4.11
: hence for the [ per.] 1st or [ per.] 2nd pers. Pron.,ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω Il.1.289
, cf. S.Ant. 751; ποῖ τις τρέψεται; for ποῖ τρέψομαι; Ar.Th. 603, cf. S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), 1138, Th.4.59, X.An.3.4.40, 5.7.31, etc.4 indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sts. with an ironical force,φοβεῖταί τις A.Ch.59
(lyr.);μισεῖ τις ἐκεῖνον D.4.8
; as voc., τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, Ar.Pl. 1196.5 τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, E.El. 939;εἰσὶν ὅμως τινὲς οἱ εὐδοκιμοῦντες Arist.Pol. 1293b13
;τὸ δοκεῖν τιν' εἶναι Men.156
;τὸ δοκεῖν τινὲς εἶναι D.21.213
;ὡς σὲ μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖ τινὰ φαίνεσθαι, τὴν πόλιν δ' ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι μηδενὸς ἀξίαν εἶναι Id.10.71
; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, Theoc.11.79, cf. Act.Ap.5.36; also in neut., , cf.Phd. 63c, Phdr. 243a, Euthd. 303c, etc.:— so τι λέγειν to be near the mark, opp. οὐδὲν λέγειν, Id.Prt. 339c, R. 329e, Phdr. 260a, etc.;ἵνα καὶ εἰδῶμεν εἴ τι ὅδε λέγει Id.Cra. 407e
;οἴεσθέ τι ποιεῖν, οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες Id.Smp. 173c
.b τις is sts. opp. to another word,ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν' εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί.., τέρπεται δὲ καί τις.. Pi.Fr. 221
;τισὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀποροῦσι συνεξέδωκε θυγατέρας.., τοὺς δ' ἐλύσατο ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων Lys.19.59
;μέρος μέν τι σιδήρου, μέρος δέ τι ὀστράκινον LXX Da.2.33
(more freq. with the Article, v. infr. 10 c); ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codd. BT)αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν Pl.Cra. 412c
;ἀναγκαῖον ἤτοι πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἀποδίδοσθαι πάσας ταύτας τὰς κρίσεις ἢ τισὶ πάσας.. ἢ τινὰς μὲν αὐτῶν πᾶσι τινὰς δὲ τισίν Arist.Pol. 1298a9
, cf. 1277a23; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ' ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, Id.Cat. 6a38;τὸ πρώτως ὂν καὶ οὐ τὶ ὂν ἀλλ' ὂν ἁπλῶς Id.Metaph. 1028a30
; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισίν; Id.Pol. 1269a26.6 with pr. names τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so,ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης Il.5.9
, cf. X.An.3.1.4, etc.; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, S.Ph. 442.b one of the same sort, converting the pr. name into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, A.Ag.55 (anap.); [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyr.in PVat.11v xi7;Σκύλλαν τινά A.Ag. 1233
, cf.Ar.V. 181, Av. 512, Ra. 912: so alsoὥς τις ἥλιος A.Ag. 288
; ἰσθμόν τιν' Ar. Th. 647.7 with Adjs. τις combines to express the idea of a Subst. used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, Od.17.449, cf. 18.382, 20.140, Il.3.220; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dull ard, Pl.R. 358a, cf. Prt. 340e; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a cow ard, A.Pr. 696, cf. Th. 979(lyr.), Ag. 1140 (lyr.); ὡς ταχεῖά τις.. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion ( = ταχέως πως), S.Aj. 1266, cf. OT 618, Hdt.4.198; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, Id.3.155, 5.33.8 with numerals and Adjs. expressing number, size, or the like , εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ.. ἔστω some one man, Il.1.144;ἕνα τιν' ἂν καθεῖσεν Ar.Ra. 911
;δώσει δέ τι ἕν γε φέρεσθαι Od.15.83
;τινὰ μίαν νύκτα Th.6.61
;προσκαλεσάμενός τινας δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν Act.Ap.23.23
; sts. the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, Th.7.34;ἐς διακοσίους τινάς Id.3.111
, cf. 7.87, 8.21; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, Id.3.52; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, Id.8.3; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, Id.3.68; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, A.Pers. 510, Th. 6.94, etc.; ὀλίγοι τινές orτινὲς ὀλίγοι Id.2.17
, 3.7; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, Hdt.5.48;τις στρατιὰ οὐ πολλή Th.6.61
; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, Od.10.45, cf. Hdt. 1.193, 2.18, etc.;κόσοι τινές Id.7.234
;πηλίκαι τινὲς τιμωρίαι Isoc. 20.3
;πολλὸς γάρ τις ἔκειτο Il.7.156
;ἐκ πολλοῦ τευ χρόνου Hdt. 2.58
.9 with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς.. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, Od.20.38, cf. 380; οἷός τις what sort of a man, Il.5.638 (dub. l.), cf. Od.9.348, 20.377, Pl.Prt. 313a, etc.;ποῖός τις S.Ant.42
, OC 1163, Hdt.3.34, X.An.7.6.24, etc.;ὁποῖός τις Id.Cyr.2.2.2
, al.;εὐτυχίη τις τοιήδε Hdt.3.139
, cf. X.Mem.1.1.1, etc.;τοιοῦτός τις Id.An.5.8.7
.10 with the Article,a when a noun with the Art. is in appos. with τις, as ὅταν δ' ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, S.OC 289; τοὺς αὐτοέντας.. τιμωρεῖν τινας (v.l. τινα) Id.OT 107.b in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Art. to show that the Art. is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opp. ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, Arist.Cat. 1b4, 8; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opp. ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, Id.Pol. 1283a4, cf. S.E.P.2.223; but in , the Art. is used as in Il. cc. s.v. ὁ, ἡ, τό B.1.5
: later ὅ τις (or ὁ τὶς ) much like ὁ δεῖνα, δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, PMag.Par.1.236; αἴρω σε, ἥ τις βοτάνη ib.287; εἰς τήν τινα κρείαν (leg. χρείαν) ib.289.c freq. in opposed clauses,ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δὲ.. E.Med. 1141
, Hec. 624, Pl.Phd. 99b, etc.;ὁ μέν τις.., ἄλλος δὲ.. E.IT 1407
;ὁ μὲν.., ὁ δέ τις.. X.Cyr.1.4.15
: pl.,οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.. Hdt.1.127
, cf. Th.2.91;οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.., οἱ δέ τινες X.Cyr.3.2.10
, etc.; οἱ μὲν.., οἱ δέ τινες.. ib.6.1.26, etc.: also combined with other alternative words,ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.., ἕτερος δέ τις.. Id.Smp.2.6
; ὁ μὲν.., ἕτερος δέ τις.., ὁ δὲ.. , etc., Ar. Pl. 162 sq.: also in neut.,τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Pl.Ep. 358a
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δὲ.. Hdt.3.40
; in adverb. sense, τὸ μὲν.., τὸ δέ τι.. partly.., partly.., Plb.1.73.4; and τι remains unaltered even when the Art. is pl.,τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι X.An.4.1.14
, cf. HG7.1.46; also τὸ δέ τι.. but in some measure.., without τὸ μέν preceding, Th.1.107, cf. 118, 7.48.d later τις is used as in b supr. but without the Art., γράψον.. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, POxy.937.22 (iii A.D.); κληρονόμους καταλείπω τὴν θυγατέρα μού τινα καὶ τὸν σύντροφον αὐτῆς τινα καί τινα ib.1034.2 (ii A.D.); τίς τινι χαίρειν A to B greeting (in a draft letter), ib. 509 (ii A.D.).II the neut. τι is used,a collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party.., Th.7.48; so perh. τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ' Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ' ἀνθρώπων no class, h.Ven.34 (but masc. τις in h.Merc. 143).b euphem. for something bad, v. supr. 3.c joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all,ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι Il.5.421
;παρεθάρρυνέ τι αὐτούς X.HG6.4.7
, etc.: with Adjs. or Adverbs, οὕτω δή τι ἰσχυραί, οὕτω δή τι πολύγονον, etc., Hdt.3.12, 108, cf. 4.52; so alsoὀλίγον τι ἧσσον Od.15.365
;οὐδέ τι μᾶλλον Hdt.6.123
, etc.;ἧσσόν τι Th.3.75
, etc.; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, v. πάνυ 1.3,πολύς 111.1a
, 2a, σχεδόν IV; also in conjunction withοὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως Hdt.6.3
; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, E.Alc. 522, S.Aj. 280;μηδέν τι λίαν E.Andr. 1234
:—also καί τι καὶ.. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, Th.1.107;καί πού τι καί Pi.O.1.28
.12 τίς τε freq. in Hom.,ὡς ὅτε τίς τε Il.3.33
, 4.141, v. τε B.13 ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, Hdt.3.140, X.Cyr.7.5.45, D.C.47.5, 48.4; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, Pl.Ap. 17b;ἢ οὐδεὶς ἤ τις D.C.41.62
(s. v.l.).b repeated in successive clauses, ; (where however κἄτι πλείους is prob. cj.), cf. E.Or. 1218 (whereas τις is sts. omitted in the first clause, , cf. S.Tr.3): but in E.Andr. 734, ἔστι γάρ τις οὐ πρόσω.. πόλις τις, the repetition is pleonastic, as also in A.Supp.57 sq. (lyr., s. v.l.).15 τις is sts. omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (sc. τις) Il.13.287; ὡς δ' ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (sc. τις)φεύγοντα διώκειν 22.199
, cf. S.OC 1226 (lyr.), Leg.Gort.2.2, X.Smp.5.2, Pl.Grg. 456d: τις must often be supplied from what goes before, ib. 478c, Prt. 319d.b sts. also τις is omitted before a gen. case which must depend upon it, asἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς S.Aj. 189
(lyr.); ἢν γαμῇ ποτ' αὐτὸς ἢ [τις]τῶν ξυγγενῶν Ar.Nu. 1128
;ἐν τῶν πόλεων IG12.56.14
.--Cf. ὅστις, οὔτις, μήτις, ἄλλο τι.1 accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc., cf. Choerob. in Theod.1.373 H.) and barytone when followed by another word ( τὶς or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to Sch. D.T.p.240 H. its orthotone accent is τίς (not τὶς) , τίνα, τίνες, etc. The orthotone form is used in codd.:a at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον.. ; is any one within? A.Ch. 654 ( τὶς cj. Hermann); τί φημι; = λέγω τι; am I saying anything? S.Tr. 865, OT 1471; <τίς ἦλθε;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? Somebody has come, Sch.D.T. l.c.; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), S.E.M.8.97; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας Sch.Theoc.7.78;τίς ποτε οἰκοδεσπότης.. ἐκοπία Aesop.
in Gloss. iii p.41; or after a pause,πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ἔφην ἐγώ, ὦ βέλτιστε, τὶς ἀποκρίναιτο Pl.R. 337e
; τι οὖν ([etym.] τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγεις; D.1.14 (v.l.);ἔντοσθεν δὲ γυνά, τι θεῶν δαίδαλμα Theoc.1.32
;οὐ γυμνὸν τὸ φίλαμα, τι δ' ὦ ξένε καὶ πλέον ἑξεῖς Mosch.1.5
(v.l. for τὺ).b when τις is opp. to another τις or to some other word,τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ' οὐ συμφέρει Arist.Pol. 1284b40
, cf. Th.2.92, Pl.Cri. 49a, D. 9.2;τινὲς μὲν οὖν.., ἡμεῖς δὲ.. Sor.1.1
;τὸ τὶ μὲν ψεῦδος ἔχον, τὶ δὲ ἀληθές S.E.M.8.127
;ἀλλὰ τινὰ μὲν.., τινὰ δὲ.. Gem.14.6
;ποτὲ μὲν πρὸς πάντα, ποτὲ δὲ πρὸς τινά Sor.1.48
: without such opposition, τοῦτ' εἰς ἀνίαν τοὔπος ἔρχεται τινί for a certain person, S.Aj. 1138. Codd. are not consistent; in signf.11.5a, 10c, 13 they make it enclitic; in signf. 11.5b sts. enclitic, sts. orthotone (v. supr.); sts. enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence,πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί Arist.Metaph. 1032a14
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 165c.2 position:a τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (v. supr. 111.1a, b); it may stand second word,ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ Od.9.508
, cf. Il.8.515, 23.331; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense, ; .b in [dialect] Ion. Prose it sts. stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive,τῶν τις Περσέων Hdt.1.85
;τῶν τις ἱρέων Id.2.38
;τῶν τινες Φοινίκων Id.8.90
;ἐς τῶν τι ἄλλο στομάτων τοῦ Νείλου Id.2.179
; so also in late Prose, Ath.3.108d, Eust.1402.18, 1659.27, 1676.1.c it stands between the Art. and Subst. in signf.11.10b.d τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, IG12.110.46, Th.7.10, X.An.4.1.14 (codd. dett.), D.22.22, etc.e whereas in [dialect] Att. the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in [dialect] Dor. the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, Leg.Gort.9.43, al., Tab.Heracl.1.105, al. (butαἴ κά τις Epich.35
, 159;αἰ δέ κα μή τις Leg.Gort.5.13
): later [dialect] Dor. , al.; καἴ τι ἂν ( = καὶ εἴ τι ἂν) IG5(1).1390.50 (Andania, i B.C., v. infr. B.11.1b):—this [dialect] Dor. order influenced the Koine, as in the rareεἴ τις ἂν Plu.TG15
. -
15 caccia
(pl -cce) 1. f huntingandare a caccia go hunting (di something)dare la caccia a qualcuno chase after someonenave destroyer* * *caccia1 s.f.1 hunt; hunting; ( di uccelli) shooting: caccia grossa, big game hunting; ( i capi abbattuti nel corso di questa) big game; caccia agli uccelli di palude, wildfowling; caccia alla balena, whaling; caccia subacquea, underwater fishing; cane da caccia, hunting dog; capanno di caccia, hunting box (o hunting seat o hunting lodge); corno da caccia, hunting horn; fucile da caccia, hunting rifle; ( per uccelli) shot gun; licenza di caccia, game licence (o shooting licence o hunting licence); pallini da caccia, small shot; una riserva di caccia, a game preserve; stagione di caccia, shooting season, ( alla volpe) (fox) hunting season; partecipammo a una caccia alla volpe, we joined in a foxhunt; ti piace la caccia alla volpe?, do you like foxhunting?; andare a caccia, to go hunting; ( di uccelli) to go shooting2 (estens. fig.) hunt, chase, pursuit, search: caccia all'uomo, manhunt; andare a caccia di guadagni, soldi, onori, to pursue profits, money, honours; andare a caccia di complimenti, to fish for compliments; essere alla caccia di qlcu., to hunt s.o.; la polizia gli dà la caccia, the police are hunting him // caccia al tesoro, treasure huntcaccia2 s.m.2 abbr. di → cacciatorpediniere.* * *I ['kattʃa]1. sf1) hunting, (con fucile) shooting, hunting2) (anche: stagione di caccia) hunting (o shooting) season3) (cacciagione) game4) (fig : inseguimento, ricerca) chaseessere a caccia di notizie/libri — to be on the lookout for news/books
essere a caccia di un impiego/una casa — to be job-hunting o house-hunting
essere a caccia di uomini/soldi — to be after men/money
2.II ['kattʃa] sm inv* * *I1) (attività) hunting, shootingandare a caccia — to go hunting, to hunt, to shoot
caccia alla volpe, al cervo — fox, stag hunting
cane da caccia — hound, hunter
riserva di caccia — preserve, game reserve
2) (inseguimento, ricerca) chase, huntdare la caccia a — to be after, to give chase to, to hunt down [ criminale]
andare a caccia di — fig. to hunt for, to be after, to chase [lavoro, successo]
essere a caccia di — to be hunting for [soldi, lavoro]; to look out for [affare, offerta]
3) mil.•II ['kattʃa]caccia alle streghe — witch-hunt (anche fig.)
sostantivo maschile invariabile1) (aereo) fighter (plane)2) (cacciatorpediniere) destroyer* * *caccia1pl. -ce /'katt∫a, t∫e/sostantivo f.1 (attività) hunting, shooting; andare a caccia to go hunting, to hunt, to shoot; caccia alla volpe, al cervo fox, stag hunting; caccia al leone lion hunt; caccia alle balene whaling; cane da caccia hound, hunter; riserva di caccia preserve, game reserve2 (inseguimento, ricerca) chase, hunt; caccia all'assassino murder hunt; dare la caccia a to be after, to give chase to, to hunt down [ criminale]; andare a caccia di fig. to hunt for, to be after, to chase [lavoro, successo]; essere a caccia di to be hunting for [soldi, lavoro]; to look out for [affare, offerta]caccia di frodo poaching; caccia grossa big game hunting; caccia alle streghe witch-hunt (anche fig.); caccia al tesoro treasure hunt; caccia all'uomo manhunt.————————caccia2/'katt∫a/m.inv.1 (aereo) fighter (plane)2 (cacciatorpediniere) destroyer.
См. также в других словарях:
The Communist Party and African-Americans — The Communist Party USA played a significant role in defending the rights of African Americans during its heyday in the 1930s and 1940s. Even in its years of greatest influence, however, the party s relations with the black community, black… … Wikipedia
The Companions of the Avatar — are various fictional characters that appear in the Ultima series of computer role playing games. The Companions refer to the characters the Avatar has adventured with over the course of the series. This includes all of the NPCs that join the… … Wikipedia
The Left (Germany) — The Left Die Linke Leader Gesine Lötzsch Klaus Ernst Founded 16 J … Wikipedia
The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) — The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) I. IN THE UNITED STATES Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are … Catholic encyclopedia
The Manila Times — front page on August 27, 2007 Type Daily newspaper … Wikipedia
The Delfonics — Origin Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S. Genres R B Soul Years active 1965–present Labels Philly Groove … Wikipedia
The Quarrymen — Infobox Musical artist Name = The Quarrymen Img capt = The Quarrymen playing their first full performance in Rosebery Street, Liverpool. From left to right: Hanton, Griffiths, Lennon, Garry, Shotton, and Davis Img size = Landscape = Background =… … Wikipedia
The Decision — This article is about a play by Bertolt Brecht. For the Animorphs book, see The Decision (Animorphs). For the LeBron James free agency decision, see The Decision (LeBron James). The Decision Written by Bertolt Brecht Date premiered 10 December… … Wikipedia
The Mighty Mighty Bosstones — This article is about the ska core band. For the doo wop group, see The Bosstones. The Mighty Mighty Bosstones Background information Also known as … Wikipedia
The Greens (Netherlands) — Part of a series on Green politics … Wikipedia
The Angels (Australian band) — Infobox musical artist | Name = The Angels 150px Img capt = Img size = Landscape = Background = group or band Alias = Angel City The Angels From Angel City Origin = Adelaide, Australia Genre = Hard rock, punk rock Years active = 1974 ndash; 2000 … Wikipedia
